Annual Statements Open main menu

FLAGSTAR BANCORP INC - Quarter Report: 2013 March (Form 10-Q)

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM 10-Q
 
  
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 001-16577
 
 
 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter).
 
 
Michigan
  
38-3150651
(State or other jurisdiction of
  
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or organization)
  
Identification No.)
 
 
5151 Corporate Drive, Troy, Michigan
  
48098-2639
(Address of principal executive offices)
  
(Zip code)
(248) 312-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past ninety days.     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  ý    No  ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large accelerated filer
¨
Accelerated filer
ý
Non-accelerated filer
o  (Do not check if smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes  ¨    No  ý.
As of April 25, 2013, 56,039,487 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, were issued and outstanding.


Table of Contents

FORWARD – LOOKING STATEMENTS

This report contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Forward-looking statements, by their nature, involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in a forward-looking statement. Examples of forward-looking statements include statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, plans, goals, objectives and future financial or other performance. Words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates" and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except to fulfill our obligations under the U.S. securities laws, we undertake no obligation to update any such statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made.

There are a number of important factors that could cause future results to differ materially from historical performance and these forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include:

(1)
Volatile interest rates that impact, amongst other things, (i) the mortgage business, (ii) our ability to originate loans and sell assets at a profit, (iii) prepayment speeds and (iv) our cost of funds, could adversely affect earnings and our ability to pay dividends to stockholders;

(2)
Competitive factors for mortgage loan originations could negatively impact gain on loan sale margins;

(3)
Competition from banking and non-banking companies for deposits and loans can affect our earnings, gain on sale margins and market share;

(4)
Changes in the regulation of financial services companies and government-sponsored housing enterprises, and in particular, declines in the liquidity of the residential mortgage loan secondary market, could adversely affect our business;

(5)
Changes in regulatory capital requirements or an inability to achieve or maintain desired capital ratios could adversely affect our earnings opportunities and our ability to originate certain types of loans, as well as our ability to sell certain types of assets for fair market value;

(6)
General business and economic conditions, including unemployment rates, movements in interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, any increase in mortgage fraud and other related criminal activity and the further decline of asset values in certain geographic markets, may significantly affect our business activities, loan losses, reserves, earnings and business prospects;

(7)
Repurchases and indemnity demands by mortgage loan purchasers, guarantors and insurers, uncertainty related to foreclosure procedures, and the outcome of current and future legal or regulatory proceedings, including our litigation with Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. and MBIA Insurance Corporation, could result in unforeseen consequences and adversely affect our business activities and earnings;

(8)
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act has resulted in the elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), tightening of capital standards, and the creation of a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and has resulted, or will result, in new laws and regulations, such as the emerging mortgage servicing standards, that are expected to increase our costs of operations. In addition, the change to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve") as our primary federal regulator and to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the "OCC") as the primary federal regulator of Flagstar Bank, FSB and its subsidiary (collectively, the "Bank") may result in interpretations that differ from those of the OTS in a manner that adversely affects our operations;

(9)
Both the volume and the nature of consumer actions and other forms of litigation against financial institutions have increased, and to the extent that such actions are brought against us, the cost of defending such suits as well as potential exposure could increase our costs of operations;

(10)
Our compliance with the terms and conditions of the agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice, the impact of performance and enforcement of commitments under, and provisions contained in the agreement, and our accuracy and ability to estimate the financial impact of that agreement, including the fair value of the future payments required, could accelerate our related litigation settlement expenses;


1

Table of Contents

(11)
Our, or the Bank's, failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the Supervisory Agreement with the Federal Reserve or the Consent Order with the OCC, respectively, could result in further enforcement actions against us, which could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition; and

(12)
The downgrade of the long-term credit rating of the U.S. by one or more ratings agencies could materially affect global and domestic financial markets and economic conditions, which may affect our business activities, financial condition, and liquidity.

All of the above factors are difficult to predict, contain uncertainties that may materially affect actual results, and may be beyond our control. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all such factors or to assess the effect of each such factor on our business.

Please also refer to Item 1A to Part I of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and Item 1A to Part II of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which are incorporated by reference herein, for further information on these and other factors affecting us.

Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions, they are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, contingencies and other factors. Accordingly, we cannot give you any assurance that our expectations will in fact occur or that actual results will not differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that the results or conditions described in such statements or our objectives and plans will be achieved.




2

Table of Contents

FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.  
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Item 5.
Item 6.
 
 
 

3

Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements of the Company are as follows:
Consolidated Statements of Financial ConditionMarch 31, 2013 (unaudited) and December 31, 2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations – For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) – For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (unaudited)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)
        Note 1 - Nature of Business
        Note 2 - Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies
        Note 3 - Fair Value Accounting
        Note 4 - Investment Securities
        Note 5 - Loans Held-for-Sale
        Note 6 - Loans Repurchased With Government Guarantees
        Note 7 - Loans Held-for-Investment
        Note 8 - Pledged Assets
        Note 9 - Private-Label Securitization Activity
        Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights
        Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments
        Note 12 - FHLB Advances
        Note 13 - Long-Term Debt
        Note 14 - Representation and Warranty Reserve
        Note 15 - Warrant Liabilities
        Note 16 - Stockholders' Equity
        Note 17 - Earnings (Loss) Per Share
        Note 18 - Compensation Plans
        Note 19 - Income Taxes
        Note 20 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments
        Note 21 - Segment Information
        
        




4

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(In thousands, except share data)
 
March 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
(Unaudited)
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash items
$
50,840

 
$
38,070

Interest-earning deposits
2,179,846

 
914,723

Cash and cash equivalents
2,230,686

 
952,793

Securities classified as trading
170,139

 
170,086

Securities classified as available-for-sale
169,827

 
184,445

Loans held-for-sale (including $2,510,669 and $2,865,696 at fair value at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)
2,677,239

 
3,939,720

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,604,906

 
1,841,342

Loans held-for-investment (including $18,393 and $20,219 at fair value at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)
4,743,266

 
5,438,101

Less: allowance for loan losses
(290,000
)
 
(305,000
)
Loans held-for-investment, net
4,453,266

 
5,133,101

Total interest-earning assets
11,255,223

 
12,183,417

Accrued interest receivable
81,056

 
91,992

Repossessed assets, net
114,356

 
120,732

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
301,737

 
301,737

Premises and equipment, net
223,276

 
219,059

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value
727,207

 
710,791

Other assets
340,455

 
416,214

Total assets
$
13,094,150

 
$
14,082,012

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Deposits
$
7,847,291

 
$
8,294,295

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
2,900,000

 
3,180,000

Long-term debt
247,435

 
247,435

Total interest-bearing liabilities
10,994,726

 
11,721,730

Accrued interest payable
15,402

 
13,420

Representation and warranty reserve
185,000

 
193,000

Other liabilities (including $19,100 at fair value at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012)
714,994

 
994,500

Total liabilities
11,910,122

 
12,922,650

Commitments and contingencies – Note 20

 

Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock $0.01 par value, liquidation value $1,000 per share, 25,000,000 shares authorized; 266,657 issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
261,828

 
260,390

Common stock $0.01 par value, 70,000,000 shares authorized; 56,033,204 and 55,863,053 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
561

 
559

Additional paid in capital
1,476,624

 
1,476,569

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(656
)
 
(1,658
)
Accumulated deficit
(554,329
)
 
(576,498
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,184,028

 
1,159,362

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
13,094,150

 
$
14,082,012

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

5

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Unaudited)
Interest Income
 
 
 
Loans
$
91,950

 
$
113,908

Securities classified as available-for-sale or trading
2,094

 
8,571

Interest-earning deposits and other
946

 
412

Total interest income
94,990

 
122,891

Interest Expense
 
 
 
Deposits
13,508

 
18,986

FHLB advances
24,161

 
27,394

Other
1,652

 
1,778

Total interest expense
39,321

 
48,158

Net interest income
55,669

 
74,733

Provision for loan losses
20,415

 
114,673

Net interest income (expense) after provision for loan losses
35,254

 
(39,940
)
Non-Interest Income
 
 
 
Loan fees and charges
33,360

 
29,973

Deposit fees and charges
5,146

 
4,923

Loan administration
20,356

 
38,885

Gain (loss) on trading securities
51

 
(5,971
)
Loss on transferors’ interest
(174
)
 
(409
)
Net gain on loan sales
137,540

 
204,853

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights
(4,219
)
 
(2,317
)
Net gain on securities available-for-sale (includes zero and $310 accumulated other comprehensive income reclassifications for unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities)

 
310

Net gain on sale of assets
958

 
27

Total other-than-temporary impairment gain

 
3,872

Loss recognized in other comprehensive income before taxes

 
(5,047
)
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 
(1,175
)
Representation and warranty reserve – change in estimate
(17,395
)
 
(60,538
)
Other fees and charges, net
9,320

 
12,816

Total non-interest income
184,943

 
221,377


6

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations, Continued
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Unaudited)
Non-Interest Expense
 
 
 
Compensation and benefits
77,208

 
65,989

Commissions
17,462

 
15,466

Occupancy and equipment
19,375

 
16,950

Asset resolution
16,445

 
36,770

Federal insurance premiums
11,240

 
12,324

Other taxes
897

 
946

Warrant (income) expense
(3,500
)
 
2,549

Loan processing expense
17,111

 
10,686

Legal and professional expense
28,839

 
16,817

General and administrative
11,513

 
10,249

Total non-interest expense
196,590

 
188,746

Income (loss) before federal income taxes
23,607

 
(7,309
)
Provision for federal income taxes

 

Net Income (Loss)
23,607

 
(7,309
)
Preferred stock dividend/accretion (1)
(1,438
)
 
(1,407
)
Net income (loss) applicable to common stock
$
22,169

 
$
(8,716
)
Income (loss) per share
 
 
 
Basic (2)
$
0.33

 
$
(0.22
)
Diluted (2)
$
0.33

 
$
(0.22
)
(1)
The preferred stock dividend/accretion represents only the accretion. On January 27, 2012, the Company elected to defer payment of dividends and interest on the preferred stock.
(2)
Restated for a one-for-ten reverse stock split announced September 27, 2012 and began trading on October 11, 2012.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

7

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(In thousands)

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Unaudited)
Net income (loss)
$
23,607

 
$
(7,309
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax
 
 
 
Securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
Change in net unrealized loss on sale of securities available-for-sale
1,002

 
13,121

Reclassification of gain on sale of securities available-for-sale

 
(310
)
Additions for the amount related to the credit loss for which an OTTI impairment was not previously recognized

 
1,175

Total securities available-for-sale, before tax
1,002

 
13,986

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
1,002

 
13,986

 
 
 
 
Comprehensive income
$
24,609

 
$
6,677

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


8

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(In thousands)
 
Preferred
Stock
 
Common
Stock
 
Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Retained Earnings (Accumulated
Deficit)
 
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
254,732

 
$
556

 
$
1,471,463

 
$
(7,819
)
 
$
(639,216
)
 
$
1,079,716

(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss

 

 

 

 
(7,309
)
 
(7,309
)
Total other comprehensive income

 

 

 
13,986

 

 
13,986

Accretion of preferred stock
1,407

 

 

 

 
(1,407
)
 

Stock-based compensation (1)

 
1

 
1,027

 

 

 
1,028

Balance at March 31, 2012
$
256,139

 
$
557

 
$
1,472,490

 
$
6,167

 
$
(647,932
)
 
$
1,087,421

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
260,390

 
$
559

 
$
1,476,569

 
$
(1,658
)
 
$
(576,498
)
 
$
1,159,362

(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income

 

 

 

 
23,607

 
23,607

Total other comprehensive income

 

 

 
1,002

 

 
1,002

Restricted stock issued

 
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

Accretion of preferred stock (2)
1,438

 

 

 

 
(1,438
)
 

Stock-based compensation

 
1

 
56

 

 

 
57

Balance at March 31, 2013
$
261,828

 
$
561

 
$
1,476,624

 
$
(656
)
 
$
(554,329
)
 
$
1,184,028

(1)
Restated for a one-for-ten reverse stock split announced September 27, 2012 and began trading on October 11, 2012.
(2)
The preferred stock dividend/accretion represents only the accretion. On January 27, 2012, the Company elected to defer payment of dividends and interest on the preferred stock.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

9

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Unaudited)
Operating Activities
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
$
23,607

 
$
(7,309
)
Reconciliation of net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
20,415

 
114,673

Depreciation and amortization
5,404

 
4,469

Loss on fair value of mortgage servicing rights
15,641

 
6,927

Stock-based compensation expense
57

 
1,028

Net (gain) loss on the sale of assets
(7,034
)
 
670

Net gain on loan sales
(137,540
)
 
(204,853
)
Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights
4,219

 
2,317

Net gain on securities classified as available-for-sale

 
(310
)
Other than temporary impairment losses on securities classified as available-for-sale

 
1,175

Net (gain) loss on trading securities
(51
)
 
5,971

Net loss on transferors' interest
174

 
409

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
13,850,730

 
11,474,194

Origination and repurchase of mortgage loans held-for-sale, net of principal repayments
(12,623,530
)
 
(11,881,504
)
Decrease (increase) in repurchase of mortgage loans with government guarantees, net of claims received
236,436

 
(103,732
)
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
10,936

 
(2,943
)
Decrease in other assets
76,049

 
122,214

Increase in accrued interest payable
1,982

 
1,401

Decrease liability for checks issued
(377
)
 
(988
)
Increase in payable for mortgage repurchase option
(13,966
)
 
(30,683
)
Representation and warranty reserve-change in estimate
17,395

 
60,538

Net charge-offs in representation and warranty reserve
(31,213
)
 
(43,589
)
Decrease in other liabilities
(34,258
)
 
(20,073
)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
1,415,076

 
(499,998
)
Investing Activities
 
 
 
Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available-for-sale

 
20,665

Net repayment of investment securities available-for-sale
15,378

 
25,405

Net change from sales of loans held-for-investment
61,645

 
(187,768
)
Principal repayments net of origination of portfolio loans
635,929

 
208,523

Proceeds from the disposition of repossessed assets
27,285

 
25,035

Acquisitions of premises and equipment, net of proceeds
(9,379
)
 
(7,150
)
Proceeds from the sale of mortgage servicing rights
89,928

 
16,394

Net cash provided by investing activities
820,786

 
101,104


10

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
(In thousands)
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Unaudited)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in deposit accounts
(447,004
)
 
909,165

Net decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank advances
(280,000
)
 
(362,000
)
Net disbursement of payments of loans serviced for others
(234,846
)
 
(126,288
)
Net receipt of escrow payments
3,881

 
4,907

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(957,969
)
 
425,784

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
1,277,893

 
26,890

Beginning cash and cash equivalents
952,793

 
731,058

Ending cash and cash equivalents
$
2,230,686

 
$
757,948

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment transferred to repossessed assets
$
50,247

 
$
171,375

Total interest payments made on deposits and other borrowings
$
37,339

 
$
46,756

Federal income taxes paid
$
5,300

 
$
225

Reclassification of loans originated for portfolio to loans held-for-sale
$
1,129

 
$
200,908

Reclassification of mortgage loans originated held-for-sale then transferred to portfolio loans
$
62,774

 
$
13,140

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from sale or securitization of loans
$
126,494

 
$
111,484

 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

11

Table of Contents

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 – Nature of Business

Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. ("Flagstar" or the "Company"), the holding company for Flagstar Bank, FSB (the "Bank") is a Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. At March 31, 2013, our total assets were $13.1 billion. The Company is the largest bank headquartered in Michigan and one of the top 10 largest savings banks in the United States.

The Company offers a range of products and services to consumers, businesses, and homeowners. As of March 31, 2013, the Company operated 111 banking centers in Michigan and 41 home loan centers in 19 states. The Company originates loans nationwide and is among the top ten leading originators of residential first mortgage loans in the United States. The Company also offers consumer products including deposit accounts, standard and jumbo home loans, home equity lines of credit ("HELOC"), and personal loans, including auto and boat loans. The Company also offers commercial loans and treasury management services. Commercial products include deposit and sweep accounts, telephone banking, term loans and lines of credit, lease financing, government banking products and treasury management services such as remote deposit and merchant services.

The Company sells or securitizes most of the residential mortgage loans that it originates and generally retains the right to service the mortgage loans that it sells. These mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") are occasionally sold by the Company in transactions separate from the sale of the underlying mortgages. The Company has, from time to time, retained certain loan originations in the held-for-investment portfolio, although the Company has sold substantially all of its originations for the past several years.

The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") of the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("U.S. Treasury"). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"). The Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"). The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve ("Federal Reserve"). The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Indianapolis.

Troubled Asset Relief Program

On October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (initially introduced as the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP")) was enacted, and the U.S. Treasury injected capital into U.S. financial institutions under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into a letter agreement including the securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury preferred stock and a warrant. The preferred stock accrues cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5 percent per annum until January 30, 2014, and 9 percent per annum thereafter. As long as the preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury is outstanding, dividend payments and repurchases or redemptions relating to certain equity securities, including the Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), are prohibited until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid on such preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions.

On January 27, 2012, the Company exercised its contractual right to defer regularly scheduled quarterly payments of dividends, beginning with the February 2012 payment, on preferred stock issued and outstanding in connection with participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. These payments will be periodically evaluated and reinstated when appropriate, subject to the provisions of the Company's supervisory agreement, dated January 27, 2010, with the Federal Reserve, as a successor regulator to the OTS (the "Supervisory Agreement"). Under the terms of the preferred stock, the Company may defer payments of dividends for up to six quarters in total without default or penalty.

On December 18, 2012, the U.S. Treasury announced its intention to auction the Company's preferred stock issued and outstanding under the TARP Capital Purchase Program during 2013. On March 15, 2013, the U.S. Treasury announced that it had priced auctions for the preferred stock of several institutions, including the Company, which it had purchased in early 2009 through the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The auction closed on March 28, 2013. The Company's preferred stock is now held by unrelated third party investors and is no longer held by the federal government under the TARP Capital Purchase Program. The U.S. Treasury remains the holder of a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock.


12

Table of Contents

Commercial Loan Sales
    
Effective December 31, 2012, the Bank entered into a definitive Transaction Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "CIT Agreement") with CIT Bank, the wholly-owned U.S. commercial bank subsidiary of CIT Group Inc. ("CIT"). Under the terms of the CIT Agreement, CIT acquired $1.3 billion in commercial loan commitments, $784.3 million of which was outstanding at December 31, 2012. The loans sold consist primarily of asset-based loans, equipment leases and commercial real estate loans. The sale resulted in a reversal of $12.6 million in loan loss reserves associated with such loans and which the reversal was recognized at December 31, 2012. The total purchase price for the portfolio was $779.2 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold $710.5 million of these commercial loans to CIT, and we expect the remaining loans to close in early April 2013.

Effective February 5, 2013, the Bank entered into a definitive Asset and Portfolio Purchase and Sale Agreement (the "Customers Agreement") with Customers Bank ("Customers") located in Wyomissing, Pennsylvania. Under the terms of the Customers Agreement, Customers acquired $187.6 million in commercial loan commitments, $150.9 million of which were outstanding at December 31, 2012. The loans sold consist primarily of commercial and industrial loans. The transaction settled on March 28, 2013 for $148.5 million.

Pending and Threatened Litigations

On February 5, 2013, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (the "Court") issued a decision in the lawsuit filed by Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("Assured"). The Court issued a decision in favor of Assured on its claims for breach of contract against the Bank in the amount of $89.2 million plus contractual interest and attorneys' fees and costs. On April 1, 2013, the court issued a final judgment against the Company for a total of $106.5 million, consisting of $90.7 million in damages plus $15.9 million in pre-judgment interest. The Bank filed a notice of appeal later that month. The Court subsequently issued a memorandum order, in which the Court reserved the decision regarding attorneys' fees until after the appeal.

In May 2010, the Bank received repurchase demands from MBIA Insurance Corporation with respect to closed-end, fixed and adjustable second mortgage loans that were sold by the Bank in connection with its two non-agency second mortgage loan securitizations. On January 11, 2013, MBIA filed a complaint against the Bank in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging a breach of various loan level representations and warranties and seeking relief for breach of contract, as well as full indemnification and reimbursement of amounts that it has paid and will pay under the respective insurance policies, plus interest and costs. In the litigation, MBIA alleges damages to date of $165.0 million and unspecified future damages. In March 2013, the Bank filed a motion to dismiss, and MBIA filed a motion for partial summary judgment on the basis of collateral estoppel. The parties are scheduled to complete a briefing and make oral arguments on these motions in May 2013.

Following the Court's decision in the Assured case, the Company increased the accrual for pending and threatened litigation. The total amount accrued for pending and threatened litigation, including amounts paid in anticipation of future settlements, was approximately $247.9 million at March 31, 2013 and $188.5 million of the accrual was recorded during the fourth quarter 2012. Included in this reserve are amounts for the Court's decision regarding Assured and for the lawsuit that the MBIA Insurance Corporation filed against the Bank on January 11, 2013, along with other pending litigation. The litigation accrual is recorded in "legal and professional expense" on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and in "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. For further information, see Note 20 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies, and Commitments.

Reverse Stock Split

The Company's board of directors authorized a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 24, 2012 following the annual meeting of stockholders at which the reverse stock split was approved by its stockholders. The reverse stock split began trading on a post-split basis on October 11, 2012. Unless noted otherwise, all share-related amounts herein reflect the one-for-ten reverse stock split.

In connection with the reverse stock split, stockholders received one new share of Common Stock for every ten shares held at the effective time. The reverse stock split reduced the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock from approximately 558.3 million to 55.8 million. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock was reduced from 700 million to 70 million. Proportional adjustments were made to the Company’s outstanding options, warrants and other securities entitling their holders to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock. In lieu of fractional shares, stockholders received cash payments for fractional shares that were determined on the basis of the Common Stock's closing price on October 9, 2012, adjusted for the reverse stock split. The reverse stock split did not negatively affect any of the rights that accrue to holders of the Company's outstanding options,

13

Table of Contents

warrants and other securities entitling their holders to purchase or receive shares of Common Stock, except to adjust the number of shares relating thereto accordingly. For further information, see Note 16 - Stockholders' Equity and Note 17 - Earnings (Loss) Per Share.

Management Change
    
On October 1, 2012, the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank appointed Michael J. Tierney as the President, effective immediately, and as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company and the Bank, effective November 1, 2012, in each case subject to receipt of non-objection from the Federal Reserve, the Company's primary regulator, and the OCC, the Bank's primary regulator. Mr. Tierney also was appointed to the boards of directors of the Company and the Bank, subject to receipt of Federal Reserve and OCC non-objections. The Company has received non-objection from the Federal Reserve for Mr. Tierney to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of board of directors of the Company, and the Bank has received OCC approval for Mr. Tierney to serve on an interim basis as the Bank's President and Chief Executive Officer but OCC non-objection for Mr. Tierney to serve as a member of the Company's board of directors is pending. The Company also announced that John D. Lewis, Managing Director of Donnelly Penman & Partners and former Vice Chairman of Comerica Bank, was appointed to serve as Non-Executive Chairman of the board of directors of the Company and the Bank, in each case subject to receipt of regulatory non-objection. The Company and the Bank received non-objection from the Federal Reserve and the OCC.

Effective December 18, 2012, the Company and the Bank's boards of directors appointed Alessandro DiNello as the President of the Bank and as the Company and the Bank's Chief Administrative Officer, subject to receipt of Federal Reserve and OCC non-objection. The Bank has received non-objection from the OCC for Mr. DiNello to serve as President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Bank, and the non-objection from the Federal Reserve is pending. In addition, the Bank's boards of directors appointed Matthew A. Kerin as the President of the Bank's Mortgage Banking Division, subject to receipt of OCC non-objection. The Bank has received OCC non-objection for Mr. Kerin to serve as President of the Bank's Mortgage Banking Division.

Consent Order
Effective October 23, 2012, the Bank's board of directors executed a Stipulation and Consent (the "Stipulation"), accepting the issuance of a Consent Order (the "Consent Order") by the OCC. The Consent Order replaces the supervisory agreement entered into between the Bank and the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") on January 27, 2010. The Company is still subject to the Supervisory Agreement with the Federal Reserve. The OCC terminated the supervisory agreement simultaneous with issuance of the Consent Order.
Under the Consent Order, the Bank is required to adopt or review and revise various plans, policies and procedures related to, among other things, regulatory capital, enterprise risk management and liquidity. Specifically, under the terms of the Consent Order, the Bank's board of directors has agreed to, among other things, take the following actions:
Review, revise, and forward to the OCC a written capital plan for the Bank covering at least a three-year period and establishing projections for the Bank's overall risk profile, earnings performance, growth expectations, balance sheet mix, off-balance sheet activities, liability and funding structure, capital and liquidity adequacy, as well as a contingency capital funding process and plan that identifies alternative capital sources should the primary sources not be available;
Adopt and forward to the OCC a comprehensive written liquidity risk management policy that systematically requires the Bank to reduce liquidity risk; and
Develop, adopt, and forward to the OCC a written enterprise risk management program that is designed to ensure that the Bank effectively identifies, monitors, and controls its enterprise-wide risks, including by developing risk limits for each line of business.

Each of the plans, policies and procedures referenced above in the Consent Order, as well as any subsequent amendments or changes thereto, must be submitted to the OCC for a determination that the OCC has no supervisory objection to them. Upon receiving a determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC, the Bank must implement and adhere to the respective plan, policy or procedure. The foregoing summary of the Consent Order does not purport to be a complete description of all of the terms of the Consent Order, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Consent Order filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 24, 2012.

The Bank intends to address the banking issues identified by the OCC in the manner required for compliance by the OCC. There can be no assurance that the OCC will not provide substantive comments on the capital plan or other submissions that the Bank makes pursuant to the Consent Order that will have a material impact on the Company. The Company believes that the actions taken, or to be taken, to address the banking issues set forth in the Consent Order should, over time, improve its enterprise

14

Table of Contents

risk management practices and risk profile. For further information regarding the risks related to the Consent Order, please also refer to the section captioned "Forward-Looking Statements" above and the risk factors previously disclosed in Item 1A to Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Supervisory Agreement

The Company is subject to a supervisory agreement, dated January 27, 2010, with the Federal Reserve, as a successor regulator to the OTS (the "Supervisory Agreement"). The Supervisory Agreement will remain in effect until terminated, modified, or suspended in writing by the Federal Reserve, and the failure to comply with the Supervisory Agreement could result in the initiation of further enforcement action by the Federal Reserve, including the imposition of further operating restrictions, and could result in additional enforcement actions against the Company. The Company has taken actions which it believes are appropriate to comply with, and intends to maintain compliance with, all of the requirements of the Supervisory Agreement.

Pursuant to the Supervisory Agreement, the Company submitted a capital plan to the OTS, predecessor in interest to the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Company agreed to request prior non-objection of the Federal Reserve to pay dividends or other capital distributions; purchase, repurchase or redeem certain securities; incur, issue, renew, roll over or increase any debt and enter into certain affiliate transactions; and comply with restrictions on the payment of severance and indemnification payments, director and management changes and employment contracts and compensation arrangements. The foregoing summary of the Supervisory Agreement does not purport to be a complete description of all of the terms of the Supervisory Agreement, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the Supervisory Agreement filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 28, 2010. For further information regarding the risks related to the Consent Order, please also refer to the section captioned "Forward-Looking Statements" above and the risk factors previously disclosed in Item 1A to Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Note 2 – Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X as promulgated by the SEC. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") for complete financial statements. The accompanying interim financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013. In addition, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. All per share amounts and share counts have been adjusted to reflect the one-for-ten reverse stock split that began trading on a post-split basis October 11, 2012 following receipt of stockholder approval at the Company's annual meeting of stockholders. For further information, reference should be made to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, which are available on the Company’s Investor Relations web page, at www.flagstar.com, and on the SEC website, at www.sec.gov.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted the update to Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 220, "Comprehensive Income: Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," and applied the provisions retrospectively. Under the amended guidance, an entity is required to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. However, only the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted the update to FASB ASC Topic 210, "Balance Sheet: Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities," and applied the provisions retrospectively. Under the amended guidance, an entity is required to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. The guidance applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to an enforceable master netting

15

Table of Contents

arrangement or similar agreement. The adoption of the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto. See Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto or results of operations upon adoption.

In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-04, "Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date." The guidance requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of (a) the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay on the basis of its arrangement among its co-obligors and (b) any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. The guidance also requires an entity to disclose the nature and amount of the obligation as well as other information about those obligations. This guidance is effective retrospectively, for annual and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of the guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

Regulatory Developments

Among the recent legislative and regulatory developments affecting the banking industry are evolving regulatory capital standards for banking organizations. These evolving standards include the so-called "Basel III" initiatives that are part of the effort by international banking supervisors to improve the ability of the banking sector to absorb shocks in periods of financial and economic stress and changes by the federal banking agencies to reduce the use of credit ratings in the rules governing regulatory capital.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as "Basel III." Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and fully phased-in, will require U.S. banks to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

In June 2012, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies requested comment on three sets of proposed rules that implement the Basel III capital framework and also make other changes to U.S. regulatory capital standards for banking institutions. The Basel III proposed rules include heightened capital requirements for banking institutions in terms of both higher quality capital and higher regulatory capital ratios. These proposed rules, among other things, would revise the capital levels at which a banking institution would be subject to the prompt corrective action framework (including the establishment of a new Tier 1 common capital requirement), eliminate or reduce the ability of certain types of capital instruments to count as regulatory capital, eliminate the Tier 1 treatment of trust preferred securities (as required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act")) following a phase-in period beginning in 2013, and require new deductions from capital for investments in unconsolidated financial institutions, mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets that exceed specified thresholds. The proposed rules also would establish a new capital conservation buffer and, for large or internationally active banks, a supplemental leverage capital requirement that would take into account certain off-balance sheet exposures and a countercyclical capital buffer that would initially be set at zero. Once fully phased in, the Basel III capital rules will significantly reduce the allowable amount of the fair value of MSRs included in Tier 1 capital. While the proposed Basel III rules would have become effective under a phase-in period that was to have begun January 1, 2013 and to be in full effect on January 1, 2019, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies announced on November 9, 2012 that the implementations of the proposed Basel III rules would be delayed. No date or time period for implementation has subsequently been announced.

In addition, proposed rules issued by the U.S. banking regulators in June 2012 would also revise the manner in which a banking institution determines risk-weighted assets for risk-based capital purposes under the Basel II framework applicable to large or internationally active banks (referred to as the advanced approach) and under the Basel I framework applicable to all banking institutions (referred to as the standardized approach). These rules would replace references to credit ratings with alternative methodologies for assessing creditworthiness. In addition, among other things, the advanced approach proposal would implement the changes to counterparty credit risk weightings included in the Basel III capital framework, and the standardized approach would modify the risk weighting framework for residential mortgage assets. The standardized approach changes to the Basel I risk-weighting rules are proposed to become effective no later than July 1, 2015.


16

Table of Contents

In June 2012, the U.S. banking regulators also adopted final market risk capital rules to implement the enhancements to the market risk framework adopted by the Basel Committee (commonly referred to as "Basel II.5"). The final rules are effective January 1, 2013 and, among other things, establish new stressed Value at Risk ("VaR") and incremental risk charges for covered trading positions and replace references to credit ratings in the market risk rules with alternative methodologies for assessing credit risk.

The regulations ultimately applicable to us may be substantially different from the Basel III framework as published in December 2010 and the rules proposed by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies in June 2012. Until such regulations, as well as any other capital regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, are adopted, the Company cannot be certain that such regulations will apply to the Company or of the impact such regulations will have on the Company's capital ratios. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely affect the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

Note 3 – Fair Value Accounting

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability, in either case through an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record certain assets and liabilities at fair value and to determine fair value disclosures. The determination of fair values of financial instruments often requires the use of estimates. In cases where quoted market values in an active market are not available, the Company uses present value techniques and other valuation methods to estimate the fair values of its financial instruments. These valuation models rely on market-based parameters when available, such as interest rate yield curves, credit spreads or unobservable inputs. Unobservable inputs may be based on management's judgment, assumptions and estimates related to credit quality, the Company's future earnings, interest rates and other relevant inputs. These valuation methods require considerable judgment and the resulting estimates of fair value can be significantly affected by the assumptions made and methods used.

Valuation Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements that is based on the transparency of the inputs used in the valuation process. The three levels of the hierarchy, highest ranking to lowest, are as follows.

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets in which the Company can participate as of the measurement date;

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, and other inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and

Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that reflect the Company's own assumptions about the expectations that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input within the valuation hierarchy that is significant to the overall fair value measurement. Transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the reporting period.
    
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used by the Company for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Assets

Securities classified as trading. These securities are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agency securities, U.S. Treasury bonds and non-investment grade residual securities that arose from private-label securitizations of the Company. The U.S. government sponsored agency securities and U.S. Treasury bonds trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices and are therefore classified within the Level 1 valuation hierarchy. The non-investment grade residual securities do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices and are therefore classified within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy. Under Level 3, the fair value of residual securities is determined by discounting estimated net future cash flows using expected prepayment rates and discount rates that approximate current market rates. Estimated net future cash flows include assumptions related to expected credit losses on these securities. The Company maintains a model that evaluates the default rate and severity of loss on the residual securities collateral, considering such factors as loss experience, delinquencies, loan-to-value ratios, borrower credit scores and property type. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had no Level 3 securities classified as

17

Table of Contents

trading. See Note 9 - Private Label Securitization Activity, herein, for the key assumptions used in the residual interest valuation process.

Securities classified as available-for-sale. These securities are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agencies and non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs") and municipal obligations.

U.S. government sponsored agencies are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy due to the quoted prices for these securities being available in an active market.
The quoted market prices are not available for municipal obligations and the fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows and those securities are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
Non-agency CMOs are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy and were previously classified within Level 3. Non-agency CMOs were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 during the first quarter 2012 due to increased market liquidity and an increase in the number of available pricing models. The non-agency CMOs are valued based on pricing provided by external pricing services. Previously, the markets were illiquid and fair values were based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement, which was the reason for a Level 3 classification. As of September 30, 2012, the Company sold the remaining securities in non-agency collateralized mortgage obligation securities that were related to the investments arising out of strategies to fully utilize available balance sheet leverage capacity.
The Company determined the fair value of the mortgage securitization, Flagstar Second Mortgage 2006-1 ("FSTAR 2006-1") securitization trust, using a discounted estimated net future cash flow model and therefore classified it within the Level 3 valuation hierarchy as the model utilizes significant inputs which are unobservable.
 
Loans held-for-sale. The Company generally estimates the fair value of loans held-for-sale based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans. Where quoted market prices were available, such market prices were utilized as estimates for fair values. Otherwise, the fair value of loans was computed by discounting cash flows using observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. These measurements are classified as Level 2.

Loans held-for-investment. Loans held-for-investment are generally recorded at amortized cost. The Company does not record these loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan becomes impaired when it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Once a loan is identified as impaired, the fair value of the impaired loan is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, or discounted cash flows. The fair value of the underlying collateral is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from appraisals or broker price opinions which are considered to be Level 3. Fair value may also be measured using the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate. The Company records the impaired loan as a non-recurring Level 3 valuation.

Loans held-for-investment on a recurring basis are loans that were previously recorded as loans held-for-sale but subsequently transferred to the held-for-investment category. As the Company selected the fair value option for the held-for-sale loans, they continue to be reported at fair value and measured consistent with the Level 2 methodology for loans held-for-sale.

Included in loans held-for-investment is the transferors' interest on the HELOC securitizations. The Company fair value of the transferors' interest is based on the claims due to the note insurer and continuing credit losses on the loans underlying the securitizations, which are considered to be Level 3. See Note 9 - Private-Label Securitization Activity, for the key assumptions used in the transferors' interest valuation process.

Repossessed assets. Loans on which the underlying collateral has been repossessed are adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer to repossessed assets. Subsequently, repossessed assets are carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value, less anticipated marketing and selling costs. Fair value is generally based upon third-party appraisals or internal estimates and considered a Level 3 classification.

MSRs. Although there are MSR sales transacting, the current market for residential MSRs is not sufficiently liquid to provide participants with quoted market prices for all tranches of MSRs. Therefore, the Company uses an option-adjusted spread valuation approach to determine the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows under multiple interest rate scenarios and discounting these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. The key assumptions used in the valuation of residential MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds and discount rates. Management obtains third-party valuations of the residential MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation experts to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by its internal valuation model. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified within Level

18

Table of Contents

3 of the valuation hierarchy. See Note 10 - Mortgage Servicing Rights, for the key assumptions used in the residential MSR valuation process.

Derivative financial instruments. Certain classes of derivative contracts are listed on an exchange and are actively traded, and they are therefore classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. These include U.S. Treasury futures and U.S. Treasury options. The Company's forward loan sale commitments and interest rate swaps are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Rate lock commitments are valued using internal models with significant unobservable market parameters and therefore are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The Company assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its derivative positions and determined that the credit valuation adjustments were not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives. The derivatives are reported in either "other assets" or "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Liabilities

Warrants. Warrant liabilities are valued using a binomial lattice model and are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. Significant observable inputs include expected volatility, a risk free rate and an expected life. Warrant liabilities are reported in "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

DOJ litigation settlement. On February 24, 2012, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into an agreement (the "DOJ Agreement") with the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") relating to certain underwriting practices associated with loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") of the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"). The Bank and the DOJ entered into the DOJ Agreement pursuant to which the Bank agreed to comply with all applicable HUD and FHA rules related to the continued participation in the direct endorsement lender program, make an initial payment of $15.0 million within 30 business days of the effective date of the DOJ Agreement (paid on April 3, 2012), make payments of approximately $118.0 million contingent upon the occurrence of certain future events (the "Additional Payments"), and complete a monitoring period by an independent third party chosen by the Bank and approved by HUD.

The Company has elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the obligation to make Additional Payments under the DOJ Agreement. The signed settlement contract with the DOJ establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability. The Company made the fair value election as of December 31, 2011, the date the Company first recognized the financial instrument in its financial statements.

At March 31, 2013, the cash flows are discounted using a 14.0 percent discount rate that is inclusive of the risk free rate based on the expected duration of the liability and an adjustment for non-performance risk that represents the Company's credit risk. The model assumes 12 quarters of profitability prior to reversing the valuation allowance associated with the deferred tax asset.

The liability is classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy given the projections of earnings and growth rate assumptions are unobservable inputs. The litigation settlement is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Financial Statements and changes in the fair value of the litigation settlement will be recorded each quarter in general and administrative expense within non-interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.


19

Table of Contents

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The following tables present the financial instruments carried at fair value as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, by caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and by the valuation hierarchy (as described above).

 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total  Fair
Value
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities classified as trading
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury bonds
$
170,139

 
$

 
$

 
$
170,139

Securities classified as available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization

 

 
87,356

 
87,356

U.S. government sponsored agencies
71,489

 

 

 
71,489

       Municipal obligations

 
10,982

 

 
10,982

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
2,510,669

 

 
2,510,669

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
18,393

 

 
18,393

Transferors' interest

 

 
6,872

 
6,872

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
727,207

 
727,207

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury futures
7,998

 

 

 
7,998

Agency forwards
2,845

 

 

 
2,845

Rate lock commitments

 

 
51,389

 
51,389

Interest rate swaps

 
1,853

 

 
1,853

Total derivative assets
10,843

 
1,853

 
51,389

 
64,085

Total assets at fair value
$
252,471

 
$
2,541,897

 
$
872,824

 
$
3,667,192

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
$

 
$
(18,876
)
 
$

 
$
(18,876
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(1,853
)
 

 
(1,853
)
Total derivative liabilities

 
(20,729
)
 

 
(20,729
)
Warrant liabilities

 
(7,847
)
 

 
(7,847
)
DOJ litigation settlement

 

 
(19,100
)
 
(19,100
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(28,576
)
 
$
(19,100
)
 
$
(47,676
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

20

Table of Contents

  
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total  Fair
Value
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities classified as trading
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury bonds
$
170,086

 
$

 
$

 
$
170,086

Securities classified as available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization

 

 
91,117

 
91,117

U.S. government sponsored agencies
79,717

 

 

 
79,717

Municipal obligations

 
13,611

 

 
13,611

Loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
2,865,696

 

 
2,865,696

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans

 
20,219

 

 
20,219

Transferors' interest

 

 
7,103

 
7,103

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 
710,791

 
710,791

Derivative assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury futures
2,203

 

 

 
2,203

Rate lock commitments

 

 
86,200

 
86,200

Agency forwards
3,618

 

 

 
3,618

Interest rate swaps

 
5,813

 

 
5,813

Total derivative assets
5,821

 
5,813

 
86,200

 
97,834

Total assets at fair value
$
255,624

 
$
2,905,339

 
$
895,211

 
$
4,056,174

Derivative liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
$

 
$
(14,021
)
 
$

 
$
(14,021
)
Interest rate swaps

 
(5,813
)
 

 
(5,813
)
Total derivative liabilities

 
(19,834
)
 

 
(19,834
)
Warrant liabilities

 
(11,346
)
 

 
(11,346
)
DOJ litigation settlement

 

 
(19,100
)
 
(19,100
)
Total liabilities at fair value
$

 
$
(31,180
)
 
$
(19,100
)
 
$
(50,280
)

A determination to classify a financial instrument within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is based upon the significance of the unobservable factors to the overall fair value measurement. However, Level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or Level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources). Also, the Company manages the risk associated with the observable components of Level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within Level 1 or Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy; these Level 1 and Level 2 risk management instruments are not included below, and therefore the gains and losses in the tables do not reflect the effect of the Company's risk management activities related to such Level 3 instruments. If the market for an instrument becomes more liquid or active and pricing models become available which allow for readily observable inputs, the Company will transfer the instruments from Level 3 to Level 2 valuation hierarchy. Non-agency CMOs were transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 during the first quarter 2012 due to increased market liquidity and an increase in the number of available pricing models. The non-agency CMOs are valued based on pricing provided by external pricing services. The Company had no transfers of recurring assets or liabilities recorded at fair value for the three months ended March 31, 2013.


21

Table of Contents

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs

The tables below include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (including the change in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Company within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. 
 
 
Recorded in Earnings
Recorded in OCI
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)
Total Realized Gains / (Losses)
Total Unrealized Gains / (Losses)
Purchases
Sales
Settlements
Transfers In (Out)
Balance at
End of 
Period
Unrealized Gains / (Losses) Held at End of Period (4)
Assets
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities classified as available-for-sale (1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
$
91,117

$

$

$
1,227

$

$

$
(4,988
)
$

$
87,356

$

Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transferors' interest
7,103

(174
)




(57
)

6,872

(174
)
Mortgage servicing rights
710,791

(15,641
)


126,494

(94,437
)


727,207

17,540

Derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments
86,200

(30,828
)


139,514

(118,815
)
(24,682
)

51,389

3,230

          Totals
$
895,211

$
(46,643
)
$

$
1,227

$
266,008

$
(213,252
)
$
(29,727
)
$

$
872,824

$
20,596

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(19,100
)
$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
(19,100
)
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities classified as available-for-sale (1)(2)(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-agency CMOs
$
254,928

$
(1,175
)
$
310

$
16,504

$

$
(24,104
)
$
(11,327
)
$

$
235,136

$

Mortgage securitization
110,328



685



(5,979
)

105,034


Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transferors' interest
9,594

(409
)




(200
)

8,985

(409
)
Mortgage servicing rights
510,475

(6,927
)


111,484

(18,202
)


596,830

17,493

Derivative financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate lock commitments
70,965

48,338



171,149

(159,168
)
(63,036
)

68,248

(1,364
)
Totals
$
956,290

$
39,827

$
310

$
17,189

$
282,633

$
(201,474
)
$
(80,542
)
$

$
1,014,233

$
15,720

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(18,300
)
$

$
(800
)
$

$

$

$

$

$
(19,100
)
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Realized gains (losses), including unrealized losses deemed other-than-temporary and related to credit issues, are reported in non-interest income.
(2)
U.S. government agency securities classified as available-for-sale are valued predominantly using quoted broker/dealer prices with adjustments to reflect for any assumptions a willing market participant would include in its valuation. Non-agency CMOs classified as available-for-sale are valued using internal valuation models and pricing information from third parties.
(3)
Management had anticipated that the non-agency CMOs would be classified under Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. However, due to illiquidity in the markets, the fair value of these securities has been determined using internal models and therefore is classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy and pricing information from third parties.
(4)
This reflects the amount of total gains (losses) for the period which are included in earnings, which are attributable to the change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets still held at the end of the period.


    

22

Table of Contents

The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets
 
Mortgage securitization
$
87,356

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 12 month historical average
CDR rate - 12 month historical average
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
8.6% - 13.0% (10.8%)
4.1% - 6.1% (5.1%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Transferors' interest
$
6,872

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
4.6% - 6.9% (5.7%)
8.8% - 13.2% (11.0%)
11.4% - 17.2% (14.3%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
727,207

Discounted cash flows
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
5.1% - 7.7% (6.4%)
11.8% - 17.5% (14.7%)
59.3% -89.0% (74.1%)
Rate lock commitments
$
51,389

Mark-to-Market
Origination pull-through rate
63.0% - 94.5% (78.8%)
  Liabilities
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(19,100
)
Discounted cash flows
Asset growth rate
MSR growth rate
Return on assets (ROA) improvement
Peer group ROA
4.4% - 6.6% (5.5%)
0.9% - 1.4% (1.2%)
0.02% - 0.04% (0.03%)
0.5% - 0.8% (0.7%)
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
  Assets
 
Mortgage securitization
$
91,117

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 12 month historical average
CDR rate - 12 month historical average
Loss severity
7.2% - 10.8% (9.0%)
7.6% - 11.3% (9.4%)
5.3% - 8.0% (6.7%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Transferors' interest
$
7,103

Discounted cash flows
Discount rate
Prepay rate - 3 month historical average
Cumulative loss rate
Loss severity
4.6% - 6.9% (5.7%)
9.6% - 14.4% (12.0%)
11.4% - 17.2% (14.3%)
80.0% - 120.0% (100.0%)
Mortgage servicing rights
$
710,791

Discounted cash flows
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
4.9% - 7.4% (6.1%)
14.0% - 20.3% (17.3%)
58.6% - 87.9% (73.3%)
Rate lock commitments
$
86,200

Mark-to-Market
Origination pull-through rate
62.8% - 94.2% (78.5%)
  Liabilities
 
 
 
 
DOJ litigation settlement
$
(19,100
)
Discounted cash flows
Asset growth rate
MSR growth rate
Return on assets (ROA) improvement
Peer group ROA
4.4% - 6.6% (5.5%)
0.9% - 1.4% (1.2%)
0.02% - 0.04% (0.03%)
0.5% - 0.8% (0.7%)

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the mortgage securitization (FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trust) are discount rates, prepayment rates and default rates. While loss severity (in the event of default) is an unobservable input, the sensitivity of the fair value to this input is zero because of the insurer coverage on the deal. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases in both prepay rates and default rates in isolation result in a higher fair value; however, generally a change in the assumption used for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates, which would offset a portion of the fair value change.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the transferors' interest are discount rates, prepayment rates, loss rates and loss severity. Significant increases (decreases) in the discount rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Increases in both prepay rates and loss rates in isolation result in a lower fair value; however, generally a change in the assumption used for the loss rate is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates, which would offset a portion of the fair value change. Significant increases (decreases) in the loss severity rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

23

Table of Contents

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads, prepayment rates, and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all the assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of the Company's actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fall out ratios (i.e., the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement. Generally, a change in the assumption utilized for the probability of default is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption utilized for the loss severity and a directionally opposite change in assumption utilized for prepayment rates.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the DOJ litigation Settlement are future balance sheet and growth rate assumptions for overall asset growth, MSR growth, peer group return on assets, and return on assets improvement. The current assumptions are based on management's approved, strategic performance targets beyond the current strategic modeling horizon (2013). The Bank's target asset growth rate post 2013 is based off of growth in the balance sheet post TARP repayment. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's growth rate in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's MSR growth rate in isolation would result in a marginally lower (higher) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the peer group's return on assets improvement in isolation would result in a marginally higher (lower) fair value measurement. Significant increases (decreases) in the bank's return on assets improvement in isolation would result in a marginally higher (lower) fair value measurement.
 
The Company also has assets that under certain conditions are subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets are measured at the lower of cost or market and had a fair value below cost at the end of the period as summarized below.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis
 
 
Level 3
 
 
 
March 31, 2013
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment (1)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
$
149,181

Commercial real estate loans
 
51,881

Repossessed assets (2)
 
114,356

Totals
 
$
315,418

December 31, 2012
 
 
Impaired loans held-for-investment (1)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
$
147,036

Commercial real estate loans
 
73,810

Repossessed assets (2)
 
120,732

Totals 
 
$
341,578

 
(1)
The Company recorded $(37.5) million and $(47.8) million in fair value losses on impaired loans (included in provision for loan losses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations) during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2)
The Company recorded a loss of $(0.8) million and a loss of $(5.9) million related to write-downs of repossessed assets based on the estimated fair value of the specific assets, and recognized net gains of $4.4 million and a net loss of $(0.7) million on sales of repossessed assets (both write-downs and net gains/losses are included in asset resolution expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations) during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.


24

Table of Contents

The following tables present the quantitative information about non-recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the fair value measurements as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique(s)
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
     Residential mortgage loans
$
149,181

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (45.7%)
     Commercial real estate loans
$
51,881

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (36.2%)
Repossessed assets
$
114,356

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (43.2%)
 
Fair Value
Valuation Technique(s)
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
December 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Impaired loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
     Residential mortgage loans
$
147,036

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (46.6%)
     Commercial real estate loans
$
73,810

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (41.6%)
Repossessed assets
$
120,732

Fair value of collateral
Loss severity discount
0% - 100% (44.0%)

The Company has certain impaired residential and commercial real estate loans that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. Appraisals or other third party price opinions are generally obtained to support the fair value of the collateral and incorporate measures such as recent sales prices for comparable properties. In cases where the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, an impairment charge is recognized.

Repossessed assets are measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the repossessed asset. The fair value of repossessed assets, upon initial recognition, are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on customized discounting criteria. The significant unobservable inputs used in the Level 3 fair value measurements of the Company's impaired loans and repossessed assets included in the table above primarily relate to internal valuations or analysis.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The accounting guidance for financial instruments requires disclosures of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair values. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the scope of this guidance. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required by this guidance are only indicative of the value of individual financial instruments as of the dates indicated and should not be considered an indication of the fair value of the Company.


25

Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of certain financial instruments. 
 
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying
Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
2,230,686

 
$
2,230,686

 
$
2,230,686

 
$

 
$

Securities classified as trading
170,139

 
170,139

 
170,139

 

 

Securities classified as available-for-sale
169,827

 
169,827

 
71,489

 
10,982

 
87,356

Loans held-for-sale
2,677,239

 
2,677,259

 

 
2,677,259

 

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,604,906

 
1,507,767

 

 
1,507,767

 

Loans held-for-investment, net
4,453,266

 
4,364,213

 

 
18,393

 
4,345,820

Accrued interest receivable
81,056

 
81,056

 

 
81,056

 

Repossessed assets
114,356

 
114,356

 

 

 
114,356

FHLB stock
301,737

 
301,737

 
301,737

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
727,207

 
727,207

 

 

 
727,207

Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
1,853

 
1,853

 

 
1,853

 

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
(3,611,043
)
 
(3,533,087
)
 

 
(3,533,087
)
 

Certificates of deposit
(2,613,046
)
 
(2,631,999
)
 

 
(2,631,999
)
 

Government deposits
(774,891
)
 
(772,539
)
 

 
(772,539
)
 

Wholesale deposits
(74,465
)
 
(76,201
)
 

 
(76,201
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(773,846
)
 
(829,938
)
 

 
(829,938
)
 

FHLB advances
(2,900,000
)
 
(3,129,087
)
 
(3,129,087
)
 

 

Long-term debt
(247,435
)
 
(81,046
)
 

 
(81,046
)
 

Accrued interest payable
(15,402
)
 
(15,402
)
 

 
(15,402
)
 

Warrant liabilities
(7,847
)
 
(7,847
)
 

 
(7,847
)
 

DOJ litigation settlement
(19,100
)
 
(19,100
)
 

 

 
(19,100
)
Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
(1,853
)
 
(1,853
)
 

 
(1,853
)
 

Derivative Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward delivery contracts
(18,876
)
 
(18,876
)
 

 
(18,876
)
 

Commitments to extend credit
51,389

 
51,389

 

 

 
51,389

U.S. Treasury and agency futures/forwards
10,842

 
10,842

 
10,842

 

 



26

Table of Contents

 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying
Value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
952,793

 
$
952,793

 
$
952,793

 
$

 
$

Securities classified as trading
170,086

 
170,086

 
170,086

 

 

Securities classified as available-for-sale
184,445

 
184,445

 
79,717

 
13,611

 
91,117

Loans held-for-sale
3,939,720

 
3,945,133

 

 
3,945,133

 

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,841,342

 
1,704,317

 

 
1,704,317

 

Loans held-for-investment, net
5,133,101

 
5,119,704

 

 
20,219

 
5,099,485

Accrued interest receivable
91,992

 
91,992

 

 
91,992

 

Repossessed assets
120,732

 
120,732

 

 

 
120,732

FHLB stock
301,737

 
301,737

 
301,737

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights
710,791

 
710,791

 

 

 
710,791

Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
5,813

 
5,813

 

 
5,813

 

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits and savings accounts
(3,192,006
)
 
(3,121,643
)
 

 
(3,121,643
)
 

Certificates of deposit
(3,175,481
)
 
(3,199,242
)
 

 
(3,199,242
)
 

Government accounts
(819,078
)
 
(816,258
)
 

 
(816,258
)
 

Wholesale deposits
(99,338
)
 
(101,729
)
 

 
(101,729
)
 

Company controlled deposits
(1,008,392
)
 
(1,005,780
)
 

 
(1,005,780
)
 

FHLB advances
(3,180,000
)
 
(3,422,567
)
 
(3,422,567
)
 

 

Long-term debt
(247,435
)
 
(78,220
)
 

 
(78,220
)
 

Accrued interest payable
(13,420
)
 
(13,420
)
 

 
(13,420
)
 

Warrant liabilities
(11,346
)
 
(11,346
)
 

 
(11,346
)
 

DOJ litigation settlement
(19,100
)
 
(19,100
)
 

 

 
(19,100
)
Customer initiated derivative interest rate swaps
(5,813
)
 
(5,813
)
 

 
(5,813
)
 

Derivative Financial Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward delivery contracts
(14,021
)
 
(14,021
)
 

 
(14,021
)
 

Commitments to extend credit
86,200

 
86,200

 

 

 
86,200

U.S. Treasury and agency futures/forwards
5,821

 
5,821

 
5,821

 

 


The methods and assumptions used by the Company in estimating fair value of financial instruments that were not previously disclosed, are as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents. Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Loans repurchased with government guarantees. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

Loans held-for-investment. The fair value of loans is estimated by using internally developed discounted cash flow models using market interest rate inputs as well as management’s best estimate of spreads for similar collateral.

FHLB stock. No secondary market exists for FHLB stock. The stock is bought and sold at par by the FHLB. Management believes that the recorded value is the fair value.

27

Table of Contents

Accrued interest receivable. The carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Deposit accounts. The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts approximates the carrying amount. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for certificates of deposit with similar remaining maturities.

FHLB advances. Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate the fair value of the existing debt.

Long-term debt. The fair value of the long-term debt is estimated based on a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Accrued interest payable. The carrying amount is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Fair Value Option

The Company has elected, under the fair value option in FASB ASC 825, "Financial Instruments," to record at fair value certain financial assets and financial liabilities. The fair value election is typically made on an instrument by instrument basis. The decision to measure a financial instrument at fair value cannot be revoked once the election is made. Upon adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities," the Company elected the fair value option for loans held-for-sale originated post 2009.

The Company elected the fair value option to account for the liability representing the obligation to make Additional Payments under the DOJ Agreement. The signed settlement contract with the DOJ establishes a legally enforceable contract with a stipulated payment plan that meets the definition of a financial liability. The Company made the fair value election as of December 31, 2011, the date the Company first recognized the financial instrument in its financial statements.

The Company elected the fair value option for held-for-sale loans and the litigation settlement liability to better reflect the management of these financial instruments on a fair value basis. Interest income on loans held-for-sale is accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method. Interest expense on the litigation settlement will be included in the overall change in fair value of the liability each quarter.

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the loans held-for-sale that are carried at fair value were $2.5 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. The change in fair value included in earnings was $87.6 million and $121.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Changes in fair value of the loans held-for-sale are recorded in net gain on loan sales on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the loans held-for-investment that are carried at fair value were $18.4 million and $20.2 million, respectively. The change in fair value included in earnings was $(0.8) million and $(1.1) million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Changes in fair value of the loans held-for-investment are reflected in interest income on loans on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the fair value of financial liabilities, which related to the DOJ Agreement was $19.1 million and was included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The change in fair value of the DOJ Agreement liability for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was zero and $0.8 million respectively, primarily due to the recognition of the periodic effect of discounting. The increase was recorded in legal and professional expense within non-interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
    
    

28

Table of Contents

The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected.
 
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 


Unpaid Principal Balance ("UPB")
Fair Value
Fair Value Over / (Under) UPB
Unpaid Principal Balance
Fair Value
Fair Value Over / (Under) UPB
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$

$

$

 
$
222

$
240

$
18

    Loans held-for-investment
2,007

1,760

(247
)
 
2,021

2,064

43

                 Total loans
$
2,007

$
1,760

(247
)
 
$
2,243

$
2,304

$
61

    Other performing loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Loans held-for-sale
$
2,415,027

$
2,510,669

$
95,642

 
$
2,734,756

$
2,865,456

$
130,700

    Loans held-for-investment
16,671

16,633

(38
)
 
17,589

18,155

566

                 Total loans
$
2,431,698

$
2,527,302

$
95,604

 
$
2,752,345

$
2,883,611

$
131,266

    Total loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Loans held-for-sale
$
2,415,027

$
2,510,669

$
95,642

 
$
2,734,978

$
2,865,696

$
130,718

    Loans held-for-investment
18,678

18,393

(285
)
 
19,610

20,219

609

                 Total loans
$
2,433,705

$
2,529,062

$
95,357

 
$
2,754,588

$
2,885,915

$
131,327


Note 4 – Investment Securities

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, investment securities were comprised of the following.
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities classified as trading
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury bonds
 
$
169,993

 
$
146

 
$

 
$
170,139

Securities classified as available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
 
$
96,284

 
$

 
$
(8,928
)
 
$
87,356

U.S. government sponsored agencies
 
69,325

 
2,164

 

 
71,489

Municipal obligations
 
10,982

 

 

 
10,982

Total securities classified as available-for-sale
 
$
176,591

 
$
2,164

 
$
(8,928
)
 
$
169,827

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities classified as trading
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury bonds
 
$
169,991

 
$
95

 
$

 
$
170,086

Securities classified as available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
 
$
101,272

 
$

 
$
(10,155
)
 
$
91,117

U.S. government sponsored agencies
 
77,328

 
2,389

 

 
79,717

Municipal obligations
 
13,611

 

 

 
13,611

Total securities classified as available-for-sale
 
$
192,211

 
$
2,389

 
$
(10,155
)
 
$
184,445



29

Table of Contents

Trading

Securities classified as trading are comprised of AAA-rated U.S. Treasury bonds. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are distinguished from available-for-sale based upon the intent of the Company to use them as an economic offset against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio; however, these securities do not qualify as an accounting hedge.

For U.S. Treasury bonds held, the Company recorded an unrealized gain of $0.1 million and an unrealized loss of $6.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company had no sales of U.S. Treasury bonds for both the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Available-for-Sale

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had $169.8 million and $184.4 million, respectively, in securities classified as available-for-sale which were comprised of U.S. government sponsored agencies, mortgage securitization and municipal obligations. Securities available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of other comprehensive loss to the extent they are temporary in nature or "other-than-temporary impairments" ("OTTI") as to non-credit related issues. If unrealized losses are, at any time, deemed to have arisen from OTTI, then the credit related portion is reported as an expense for that period.

The following table summarizes by duration the unrealized loss positions, at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, on securities classified as available-for-sale. 
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration 12 Months and Over
 
Unrealized Loss Position with
Duration Under 12 Months
  
Fair Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
 
Fair
Value
 
Number of
Securities
 
Unrealized
Loss
Type of Security
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
$
87,356

 
1

 
$
(8,928
)
 
$

 

 
$

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage securitization
$
91,117

 
1

 
$
(10,155
)
 
$

 

 
$

    
Generally, an impairment analysis is performed every three months. Before an analysis is performed, the Company reviews the general market conditions for the specific type of underlying collateral in the mortgage securitization. The housing market, in general, suffered from significant losses in value over the past five years; however, home prices appear to have bottomed in 2012 and have recently been trending upward. With the assistance of third party experts as deemed necessary, the Company models the expected cash flows of the underlying mortgage assets using historical factors such as default rates, current delinquency rates and estimated factors such as prepayment, default, and severity speeds. Next, the cash flows are modeled through the appropriate waterfall for each securitization tranche owned; the level of credit support provided by subordinated tranches is included in the waterfall analysis. The resulting cash flow of principal and interest is then utilized by management to determine the amount of credit losses by security.

The credit losses in the portfolio reflect the economic conditions present in the United States over the course of the last several years and the forecasted effect of changes in such conditions, including changes in the forecast level of home prices. The continued decline in the delinquency rates of the mortgages in the underlying securitization suggest a stabilization of expected future defaults and reflect the recent improvements in the housing market.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recognized no additional OTTI on the one mortgage securitization. At March 31, 2013, the Company had total OTTI of $2.8 million previously recorded on one mortgage securitization. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company recognized $1.2 million of OTTI on CMOs, representing seven securities that had losses prior to March 31, 2012. All OTTI due to credit losses has been recognized in current operations. At December 31, 2012, the cumulative amount of OTTI due to credit losses totaled $2.8 million on one mortgage securitization in the available-for-sale portfolio, of which a $5.0 million net loss was recognized in other comprehensive income. The following table shows the activity for OTTI credit loss. 

30

Table of Contents

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance of amount related to credit losses on non-agency CMOs and mortgage securitization
$
(2,793
)
 
$
(59,376
)
Reductions for increases in cash flows expected to be collected that are recognized over the remaining life of the non-agency CMOs and mortgage securitization

 
(1,175
)
Reductions for non-agency CMOs sold during the period (realized)

 
3,591

Additions for the amount related to the credit loss for which an OTTI impairment was not previously recognized

 
2,962

Ending balance of amount related to credit losses on non-agency CMOs and mortgage securitization
$
(2,793
)
 
$
(53,998
)

Gains (losses) on the sale of U.S. government sponsored agency securities available-for-sale that are recently created with underlying mortgage products originated by the Bank are reported within net gain on loan sale. Securities in this category have typically remained in the portfolio less than 90 days before sale. During both the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no sales of U.S. government sponsored agencies with underlying mortgage products recently originated by the Bank.

Gain (losses) on sales for all other available-for-sale securities types are reported in "net gain on securities available-for-sale" in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, there were no sales of non-agency CMOs and U.S. government sponsored agencies, compared to $22.9 million of sales of non-agency CMOs and U.S. government sponsored agencies resulting in a gain of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5 – Loans Held-for-Sale

Total loans held-for-sale were $2.7 billion and $3.9 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and were comprised primarily of residential first mortgage and commercial loans. The decrease in the loans held-for-sale was primarily due to the agreements to sell the Northeast-based commercial loan portfolio, through which we sold $859.0 million of commercial loans.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,608,583

 
$
3,012,039

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
19,332

 
280,399

Commercial and industrial
38,549

 
488,361

Commercial lease financing
10,775

 
158,921

Total commercial loans
68,656

 
927,681

Total consumer and commercial loans held-for-sale
$
2,677,239

 
$
3,939,720


At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, $2.5 billion and $2.9 billion of loans held-for-sale were recorded at fair value, respectively. The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans for which quoted market prices were available. The fair values of loans were estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using management’s best estimate of market interest rates for similar collateral. The loans not carried at fair value are recorded at lower of cost or market ("LOCOM") based on a decision to sell the loans. The LOCOM loans were transferred into the held-for-sale portfolio from the held-for-investment portfolio. At the time of the transfer, any amount by which cost exceeds fair value was accounted for as a valuation allowance.

31

Table of Contents

Note 6 – Loans Repurchased With Government Guarantees
    
Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans (loans past due 90 days or more) securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans as loans held-for-sale on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition and also recognize a corresponding liability for a similar amount. If the loans are actually repurchased, the Company transfers the loans to loans repurchased with government guarantees and eliminates the corresponding liability. At March 31, 2013, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.6 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $58.4 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale. At December 31, 2012, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.8 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which the Company had not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $72.4 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale.

Substantially all of these loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the FHA, and the Company's management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. On average, claims have historically been filed and paid in approximately 18 months from the date of the initial delinquency; however increasing volumes throughout the country, as well as changes in the foreclosure process in certain states and other forms of government intervention may result in changes to the historical norm. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies and is based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the underlying loan becomes delinquent.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company participated in a HUD-coordinated market auction of loans repurchased with government guarantees, which resulted in the conveyance in an accelerated fashion of $131.9 million of loans at par value to HUD.

Note 7 – Loans Held-for-Investment

Loans held-for-investment are summarized as follows. 
 
March 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,991,394

 
$
3,009,251

Second mortgage
112,385

 
114,885

Warehouse lending
750,765

 
1,347,727

HELOC
167,815

 
179,447

Other
44,488

 
49,611

Total consumer loans
4,066,847

 
4,700,921

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
562,916

 
640,315

Commercial and industrial
107,688

 
90,565

Commercial lease financing
5,815

 
6,300

Total commercial loans
676,419

 
737,180

Total consumer and commercial loans held-for-investment
4,743,266

 
5,438,101

Less allowance for loan losses
(290,000
)
 
(305,000
)
Loans held-for-investment, net
$
4,453,266

 
$
5,133,101


During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company transferred $62.8 million in loans held-for-sale to loans held-for-investment. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, the Company transferred $13.1 million in loans held-for-sale to loans to held-for-investment. The loans transferred were carried at fair value, and will continue to be reported at fair value while classified as held-for-investment.
    

32

Table of Contents

The Company’s commercial leasing activities consist primarily of equipment leases. Generally, lessees are responsible for all maintenance, taxes, and insurance on leased properties. The following table lists the components of the net investment in financing leases.
 
March 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Total minimum lease payment to be received
$
5,073

 
$
5,634

Estimated residual values of lease properties
940

 
913

Unearned income
(282
)
 
(346
)
Net deferred fees and other
84

 
99

Net investment in commercial financing leases
$
5,815

 
$
6,300


Accounting standards require a reserve to be established as a component of the allowance for loan losses when it is probable all amounts due will not be collected pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan and the recorded investment in the loan exceeds its fair value. Fair value is measured using either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the observable market price of the loan, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, reduced by estimated disposal costs.

Non-performing commercial and commercial real estate loans are considered to be impaired and typically have an allowance allocated based on the underlying collateral's appraised value, less management's estimates of costs to sell. In estimating the fair value of collateral, the Company utilizes outside fee-based appraisers to evaluate various factors such as occupancy and rental rates in our real estate markets and the level of obsolescence that may exist on assets acquired from commercial business loans. Appraisals are updated at least annually but may be obtained more frequently if changes to the property or market conditions warrant.

Impaired residential loans include loan modifications considered to be troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") and certain non-performing loans that have been charged down to collateral value. Fair value of non-performing residential mortgage loans, including redefaulted TDRs and certain other severely past due loans, is based on the underlying collateral's value obtained through appraisals or broker's price opinions, updated at least semi-annually, less management's estimates of cost to sell. The allowance allocated to TDRs performing under the terms of their modification is typically based on the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, on a pooled basis, as these loans are not considered to be collateral dependent.

For those loans not individually evaluated for impairment, management has sub-divided the commercial and consumer loans into homogeneous portfolios.


33

Table of Contents

The allowance for loan losses by class of loan is summarized in the following tables.
 
Residential
First
Mortgage
 
Second
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
HELOC
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and Industrial
 
Commercial Lease
Financing
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance allowance for loan losses
$
219,230

 
$
20,201

 
$
899

 
$
18,348

 
$
2,040

 
$
41,310

 
$
2,878

 
$
94

 
$
305,000

Charge-offs
(25,692
)
 
(1,955
)
 

 
(2,061
)
 
(699
)
 
(13,162
)
 

 

 
(43,569
)
Recoveries
5,353

 
390

 

 
105

 
454

 
1,843

 
9

 

 
8,154

Provision
15,185

 
2,047

 
(367
)
 
1,726

 
420

 
2,729

 
(1,315
)
 
(10
)
 
20,415

Ending balance allowance for loan losses
$
214,076

 
$
20,683

 
$
532

 
$
18,118

 
$
2,215

 
$
32,720

 
$
1,572

 
$
84

 
$
290,000

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance allowance for loan losses
$
179,218

 
$
16,666

 
$
1,250

 
$
14,845

 
$
2,434

 
$
96,984

 
$
5,425

 
$
1,178

 
$
318,000

Charge-offs
(95,432
)
 
(5,283
)
 

 
(6,419
)
 
(1,190
)
 
(45,033
)
 
(1,581
)
 

 
(154,938
)
Recoveries
550

 
249

 

 
257

 
212

 
1,992

 
5

 

 
3,265

Provision
74,325

 
7,435

 
574

 
6,095

 
1,137

 
17,527

 
6,104

 
1,476

 
114,673

Ending balance allowance for loan losses
$
158,661

 
$
19,067

 
$
1,824

 
$
14,778

 
$
2,593

 
$
71,470

 
$
9,953

 
$
2,654

 
$
281,000

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential
First
Mortgage
 
Second
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
Lending
 
HELOC
 
Other
Consumer
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Commercial
and  Industrial
 
Commercial
Lease
Financing
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated (1)
$
805,692

 
$
19,941

 
$

 
$
942

 
$

 
$
66,095

 
$
40

 
$

 
$
892,710

Collectively evaluated (2)
2,185,702

 
92,444

 
750,765

 
166,873

 
44,488

 
496,821

 
107,648

 
5,815

 
3,850,556

Total loans
$
2,991,394

 
$
112,385

 
$
750,765

 
$
167,815

 
$
44,488

 
$
562,916

 
$
107,688

 
$
5,815

 
$
4,743,266

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated (1)
$
150,932

 
$
7,844

 
$

 
$
3,283

 
$

 
$
199

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
162,268

Collectively evaluated (2)
63,144

 
12,839

 
532

 
14,835

 
2,215

 
32,521

 
1,562

 
84

 
127,732

Total allowance for loan losses
$
214,076

 
$
20,683

 
$
532

 
$
18,118

 
$
2,215

 
$
32,720

 
$
1,572

 
$
84

 
$
290,000

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated (1)
$
805,787

 
$
16,949

 
$

 
$
734

 
$

 
$
95,322

 
$
41

 
$

 
$
918,833

Collectively evaluated (2)
2,203,464

 
97,936

 
1,347,727

 
178,713

 
49,611

 
544,993

 
90,524

 
6,300

 
4,519,268

Total loans
$
3,009,251

 
$
114,885

 
$
1,347,727

 
$
179,447

 
$
49,611

 
$
640,315

 
$
90,565

 
$
6,300

 
$
5,438,101

Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated (1)
$
150,545

 
$
7,028

 
$

 
$
3,074

 
$

 
$
2,538

 
$
10

 
$

 
$
163,195

Collectively evaluated (2)
68,685

 
13,173

 
899

 
15,274

 
2,040

 
38,772

 
2,868

 
94

 
141,805

Total allowance for loan losses
$
219,230

 
$
20,201

 
$
899

 
$
18,348

 
$
2,040

 
$
41,310

 
$
2,878

 
$
94

 
$
305,000

 
(1)
Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(2)
Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 450-20, Loss Contingencies and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for loans not impaired.


34

Table of Contents

 
30-59 Days
Past Due
 
60-89 Days
Past Due
 
90 Days or
Greater Past
Due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
Investment
Loans
 
90 Days and Still
Accruing
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
56,341

 
$
18,754

 
$
296,395

 
$
371,490

 
$
2,619,904

 
$
2,991,394

 
$

Second mortgage
996

 
836

 
4,298

 
6,130

 
106,255

 
112,385

 

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
750,765

 
750,765

 

HELOC
684

 
876

 
2,343

 
3,903

 
163,912

 
167,815

 

Other
347

 
15

 
132

 
494

 
43,994

 
44,488

 

Total consumer loans
58,368

 
20,481

 
303,168

 
382,017

 
3,684,830

 
4,066,847

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
1,465

 
6,400

 
66,095

 
73,960

 
488,956

 
562,916

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 
40

 
40

 
107,648

 
107,688

 

Commercial lease financing

 

 

 

 
5,815

 
5,815

 

Total commercial loans
1,465

 
6,400

 
66,135

 
74,000

 
602,419

 
676,419

 

Total loans
$
59,833

 
$
26,881

 
$
369,303

 
$
456,017

 
$
4,287,249

 
$
4,743,266

 
$

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
62,445

 
$
16,693

 
$
306,486

 
$
385,624

 
$
2,623,627

 
$
3,009,251

 
$

Second mortgage
1,171

 
727

 
3,724

 
5,622

 
109,263

 
114,885

 

Warehouse lending

 

 

 

 
1,347,727

 
1,347,727

 

HELOC
2,484

 
910

 
3,025

 
6,419

 
173,028

 
179,447

 

Other
587

 
248

 
183

 
1,018

 
48,593

 
49,611

 

Total consumer loans
66,687

 
18,578

 
313,418

 
398,683

 
4,302,238

 
4,700,921

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
6,979

 
6,990

 
86,367

 
100,336

 
539,979

 
640,315

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 
41

 
41

 
90,524

 
90,565

 

Commercial lease financing

 

 

 

 
6,300

 
6,300

 

Total commercial loans
6,979

 
6,990

 
86,408

 
100,377

 
636,803

 
737,180

 

Total loans
$
73,666

 
$
25,568

 
$
399,826

 
$
499,060

 
$
4,939,041

 
$
5,438,101

 
$

(1)
The $74.0 million in past due commercial real estate loans are handled by the loan workout group and represent loans in a run-off portfolio, which are not part of the new business that began in early 2011.

Loans on which interest accruals have been discontinued totaled approximately $369.7 million and $401.7 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $409.4 million at March 31, 2012. Interest on these loans is recognized as income when collected. Interest that would have been accrued on such loans totaled approximately $4.4 million and $6.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Troubled Debt Restructuring
    
The Company may modify certain loans in both consumer and commercial loan portfolios to retain customers or to maximize collection of the loan balance. The Company has maintained several programs designed to assist borrowers by extending payment dates or reducing the borrower's contractual payments. All loan modifications are made on a case-by-case basis. The Company's standards relating to loan modifications consider, among other factors, minimum verified income requirements, cash flow analysis, and collateral valuations. Each potential loan modification is reviewed individually and the terms of the loan are modified to meet a borrower's specific circumstances at a point in time. All loan modifications, including those classified as TDRs, are reviewed and approved. Loan modification programs for borrowers have resulted in a significant increase in restructured loans. These loans are classified as TDRs and are included in non-accrual loans if the loan was non-performing prior to the restructuring.

35

Table of Contents

TDRs result in those instances in which a borrower demonstrates financial difficulty and for which a concession has been granted, which includes reductions of interest rate, extensions of amortization period, principal and/or interest forgiveness and other actions intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. These loans will continue on non-accrual status until the borrower has established a willingness and ability to make the restructured payments for at least six months, after which they will begin to accrue interest.

Periodically, the Company will restructure a note into two separate notes (A/B structure), charging off the entire B note. The A note is structured with appropriate loan-to-value and cash flow coverage ratios that provide for a high likelihood of repayment. The A note is classified as a non-performing note until the borrower has displayed a historical payment performance for a reasonable period of time subsequent to the restructuring. A period of sustained repayment for at least six months generally is required to return the note to accrual status provided that management has determined that the performance is reasonably expected to continue. The A note will be classified as a restructured note (either performing or non-performing) through the calendar year in which historical payment performance on the restructured note has been established. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was approximately $1.2 million and $5.7 million, respectively, in carrying amount representing one and four A/B structures, respectively.

The following table provides a summary of TDRs outstanding at the date indicated, by type and performing status. 
 
TDRs
 
Performing
 
Non-performing
 
Total
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
581,009

 
$
141,558

 
$
722,567

Second mortgage
17,032

 
2,909

 
19,941

HELOC

 
2

 
2

Total consumer loans
598,041

 
144,469

 
742,510

Commercial loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate

 
1,446

 
1,446

Total TDRs
$
598,041

 
$
145,915

 
$
743,956

 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
573,941

 
$
140,773

 
$
714,714

Second mortgage
14,534

 
2,415

 
16,949

Total consumer loans
588,475

 
143,188

 
731,663

Commercial loans (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1,287

 
2,056

 
3,343

Total TDRs
$
589,762

 
$
145,244

 
$
735,006

(1)
The allowance for loan losses on consumer TDR loans totaled $159.9 million and $159.0 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans totaled zero and $0.3 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
    
TDRs returned to performing (accrual) status totaled $17.2 million and $11.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and are excluded from non-performing loans. TDRs that have demonstrated a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the modified terms, are returned to performing (i.e., accrual) status and are excluded from non-performing loans. Although these TDRs have been returned to performing status, they will still continue to be classified as impaired until they are repaid in full, or foreclosed and sold, and included as such in the tables within "repossessed assets." At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, remaining commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose terms have been modified in a commercial or consumer TDR were immaterial.
Some loan modifications classified as TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as modified, but instead give rise to potential incremental losses. Such losses are factored into the Company's allowance for loan losses estimate. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR, regardless of performance, until it is ultimately repaid in full, sold, or foreclosed upon. The impairment of TDRs is measured in accordance with ASC 310-10 (see the table below presenting impaired loans with change in allowance upon modification). Management uses the pooling method to

36

Table of Contents

measure impairment under ASC 310-10 for certain loans in its portfolio and also individually measures impairment under ASC 310-10 for other loans in the portfolio depending on the risk characteristics underlying the loan and the availability of data. Management expects to continue to refine this process for operational efficiency purposes that will allow for periodic review and updates of impairment data of TDRs grouped by similar risk characteristics. The Company measures impairment using the discounted cash flow method for performing TDRs and measures impairment based on collateral values for re-defaulted TDRs.

The following table presents the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 number of accounts, pre-modification unpaid principal balance, and post-modification unpaid principal balance that were new modified TDRs during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. In addition, the table presents the number of accounts and unpaid principal balance of loans that have subsequently defaulted during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 that had been modified in a TDR during the 12 months proceeding each quarterly period. TDRs are considered subsequently defaulted when greater than 90 days past due for both consumer and commercial loan portfolios.
 
Number of Accounts
 
Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Increase (Decrease) in Allowance at Modification
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
156

 
$
46,144

 
$
39,677

 
$
331

    Second mortgages
120

 
3,928

 
3,752

 
176

    HELOC (2)
3

 
45

 

 
(1
)
           Total TDR loans
279

 
$
50,117

 
$
43,429

 
$
506

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted in previous 12 months (2)
Number of Accounts
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Increase in Allowance at Subsequent Default
    Residential first mortgages
14

 
 
 
$
3,681

 
$
1,015

    Second mortgages
3

 
 
 
169

 
193

           Total TDR loans
17

 
 
 
$
3,850

 
$
1,208

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of Accounts
 
Pre-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Post-Modification Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Increase (Decrease) in Allowance at Modification
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
    Residential first mortgages
281

 
$
100,807

 
$
100,655

 
$
8,489

    Second mortgages
75

 
5,520

 
3,211

 
(112
)
    Other consumer
6

 
255

 
234

 
2

           Total TDR loans
362

 
$
106,582

 
$
104,100

 
$
8,379

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TDRs that subsequently defaulted in previous 12 months (3)
Number of Accounts
 
Unpaid Principal Balance
 
Increase in Allowance at Subsequent Default
    Residential first mortgages
9

 
 
 
$
1,789

 
$
46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
Post-modification balances include past due amounts that are capitalized at modification date.
(2)
HELOC post-modification unpaid principal balance reflects write downs, which bring the balances to zero.
(3)
Subsequent default is defined as a payment re-defaulted within 12 months of the restructuring date.

37

Table of Contents

The following table presents impaired loans with no related allowance and with an allowance recorded. 
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
(Dollars in thousands)
With no related allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
$
234,816

 
$
374,801

 
$

 
$
231,750

 
$
360,575

 
$

Second mortgage
1,000

 
4,342

 

 
1,170

 
4,545

 

HELOC
2

 
2,305

 

 

 
2,506

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
62,216

 
83,139

 

 
79,782

 
109,483

 

 
$
298,034

 
$
464,587

 
$

 
$
312,702

 
$
477,109

 
$

With an allowance recorded
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
570,876

 
$
570,334

 
$
150,932

 
$
574,037

 
$
573,610

 
$
150,545

Second mortgage
18,941

 
18,941

 
7,844

 
15,779

 
15,779

 
7,028

HELOC
940

 
940

 
3,283

 
734

 
734

 
3,074

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
3,879

 
7,012

 
199

 
15,540

 
22,917

 
2,538

Commercial and industrial (1)
40

 
96

 
10

 
41

 
97

 
10

 
$
594,676

 
$
597,323

 
$
162,268

 
$
606,131

 
$
613,137

 
$
163,195

Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
805,692

 
$
945,135

 
$
150,932

 
$
805,787

 
$
934,185

 
$
150,545

Second mortgage
19,941

 
23,283

 
7,844

 
16,949

 
20,324

 
7,028

HELOC
942

 
3,245

 
3,283

 
734

 
3,240

 
3,074

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (2)
66,095

 
90,151

 
199

 
95,322

 
132,400

 
2,538

Commercial and industrial (1)
40

 
96

 
10

 
41

 
97

 
10

Total impaired loans
$
892,710

 
$
1,061,910

 
$
162,268

 
$
918,833

 
$
1,090,246

 
$
163,195

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
These impaired loans are from originations prior to 2011.
(2)
The impaired commercial real estate loans are handled by the loan workout group and represent loans in a run-off portfolio, which are not part of the new business that began in early 2011.



38

Table of Contents

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Income Recognized
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
804,357

 
$
6,102

 
$
728,242

 
$
7,204

Second mortgage
18,920

 
281

 
14,573

 
182

Warehouse lending

 

 
307

 

HELOC
881

 
40

 
924

 
3

Other consumer

 

 
2

 

Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
80,709

 
280

 
190,694

 
1,315

Commercial and industrial
41

 

 
1,293

 
4

Total impaired loans
$
904,908

 
$
6,703

 
$
936,035

 
$
8,708


The Company utilizes an internal risk rating system which is applied to all commercial and commercial real estate credits. Management conducts periodic examinations which serve as an independent verification of the accuracy of the ratings assigned. Loan grades are based on different factors within the borrowing relationship: entity sales, debt service coverage, debt/total net worth, liquidity, balance sheet and income statement trends, management experience, business stability, financing structure of the deal, and financial reporting requirements. The underlying collateral is also rated based on the specific type of collateral and corresponding liquidity. The combination of the borrower and collateral risk ratings result in the final rating for the borrowing relationship. Descriptions of the Company's internal risk ratings as they relate to credit quality are as follows.

Pass. Pass assets are not impaired nor do they have any known deficiencies that could impact the quality of the asset.

Special mention. Assets identified as special mention possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Special mention assets have a potential weakness or pose an unwarranted financial risk that, if not corrected, could weaken the assets and increase risk in the future.

Substandard. Assets identified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. For HELOC loans and other consumer loans, the Company evaluates credit quality based on the aging and status of payment activity and includes all non-performing loans.

Doubtful. Assets identified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of a loss on a doubtful asset is high. However, due to important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen (or weaken) the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status can be determined.

Commercial Credit Exposure
As of March 31, 2013
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Commercial and
Industrial
 
Commercial Lease
Financing
 
Total
Commercial
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
297,501

 
$
104,582

 
$

 
$
402,083

Special mention/watch
125,810

 
2,365

 

 
128,175

Substandard
139,605

 
741

 
5,815

 
146,161

Total loans
$
562,916

 
$
107,688

 
$
5,815

 
$
676,419


39

Table of Contents

Consumer Credit Exposure
As of March 31, 2013
 
Residential First
Mortgage
 
Second 
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
 
HELOC
 
Other  Consumer
 
Total
Consumer
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
2,098,273

 
$
90,395

 
$
647,061

 
$
164,596

 
$
44,341

 
$
3,044,666

Special mention/watch
596,726

 
17,692

 
95,650

 
876

 
15

 
710,959

Substandard
296,395

 
4,298

 
8,054

 
2,343

 
132

 
311,222

Total loans
$
2,991,394

 
$
112,385

 
$
750,765

 
$
167,815

 
$
44,488

 
$
4,066,847

 
Commercial Credit Exposure
As of December 31, 2012
 
Commercial  Real
Estate
 
Commercial and
Industrial
 
Commercial Lease Financing
 
Total
Commercial
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
277,037

 
$
82,184

 
$
6,300

 
$
365,521

Special mention/watch
230,937

 
1,642

 

 
232,579

Substandard
132,341

 
6,739

 

 
139,080

Total loans
$
640,315

 
$
90,565

 
$
6,300

 
$
737,180


Consumer Credit Exposure
As of December 31, 2012
 
Residential First
Mortgage
 
Second 
Mortgage
 
Warehouse
 
HELOC
 
Other  Consumer
 
Total
Consumer
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Grade
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
2,118,961

 
$
95,969

 
$
1,081,579

 
$
175,512

 
$
49,180

 
$
3,521,201

Special mention/watch
583,804

 
15,192

 
266,148

 
910

 
248

 
866,302

Substandard
306,486

 
3,724

 

 
3,025

 
183

 
313,418

Total loans
$
3,009,251

 
$
114,885

 
$
1,347,727

 
$
179,447

 
$
49,611

 
$
4,700,921



40

Table of Contents

Note 8 – Pledged Assets

The Company has pledged certain securities and loans to collateralize lines of credit and/or borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the FHLB of Indianapolis and others. The following table details pledged assets by asset class, and the carrying value of pledged investments and the investments' maturities. See Note 11 - Derivative Financial Instruments for cash and securities pledged for derivative activities.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Carrying Value
 
Investment
Maturities
 
Carrying Value
 
Investment
Maturities
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash
$
3,569

 
 
$
9,812

 
Securities classified as trading
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury bonds
51,323

 
Various
 
62,382

 
Various
Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans (1)
4,271,089

 
Various
 
4,517,632

 
Various
Second mortgage loans
92,360

 
Various
 
97,133

 
Various
Warehouse loans
237,215

 
Various
 
411,320

 
Various
HELOC loans
150,176

 
Various
 
161,016

 
Various
Commercial loans
332,143

 
Various
 
495,281

 
Various
Loans repurchased with government guarantees
976,529

 
Various
 
1,452,642

 
Various
Totals
$
6,114,404

 
 
 
$
7,207,218

 
 
(1)
Includes residential first mortgage loans held-for-investment and residential first mortgage loans held-for-sale.

Note 9 – Private-Label Securitization Activity

The Company previously participated in four private-label securitizations of financial assets involving two HELOC loan transactions and two second mortgage loan transactions.

In three securitizations, the financial assets were derecognized by the Company upon transfer to the securitization trusts, which then issued and sold mortgage-backed securities to third party investors. The Company relinquished control over the loans at the time the financial assets were transferred to the securitization trusts and the Company recognized a gain on the sale of the transferred assets. These three securitizations were as follows:

In December 2005, the Company completed a $600.0 million non-agency HELOC securitizations (the "FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization"). As a result of this securitization, the Company recorded assets of $26.1 million in residual interests. The offered securities in the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization were guaranteed by Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp., formerly known as Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("Assured").

In December 2006, the Company completed a $302.2 million non-agency HELOC securitizations (the "FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization"). As a result of this securitization, the Company recorded assets of $11.2 million in residual interests. The offered securities in the 2006-2 HELOC Securitization were guaranteed by Assured.
    
In March 2007, the Company completed a $620.9 million non-agency securitization transaction involving closed-ended, fixed and adjustable rate second mortgage loans and recorded $22.6 million in residual interests and servicing assets. In June 2007, the Company completed a secondary closing for $98.2 million and recorded an additional $4.2 million in residual interests. The offered securities in this second mortgage loan securitization were guaranteed by MBIA Insurance Corporation ("MBIA").
    
In the fourth securitization, the transaction was treated as a recharacterization of loans held-for-investment to securities held to maturity and, therefore, no gain on sale was recorded. In April 2006, the Company completed a $400.0 million non-agency securitization transaction involving fixed second mortgage loans that the Company held at the time in its investment portfolio. As of March 31, 2013, the Company still holds this mortgage securitization in available-for-sale investment securities. The offered securities in this second mortgage loan securitization were guaranteed by MBIA.


41

Table of Contents

The Company has not engaged in any private-label securitization activity except for these four securitizations completed from 2005 to 2007.
    
In connection with the four private-label securitizations, the Company retained interests in the securitized mortgage loans and trusts, which generally consisted of residual interests, transferors' interests, and servicing assets. The residual interests represent the present value of future cash flows expected to be received by the Company. Residual interests are accounted for at fair value and are included as securities classified as trading in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Any gains or losses realized on the sale of such securities and any subsequent changes in unrealized gains and losses are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At March 31, 2013, the Company’s residual interests have been deemed to have no value and have been written off. The transferors' interests represent draws on the HELOCs subsequent to them being sold to the trusts that were funded by the Bank rather than being purchased by the securitization trusts. The transferors' interest relating to the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization has been fully reserved for and the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization has been partially reserved for. The transferors' interests are included in loans held-for-investment in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At March 31, 2013, the Company no longer serviced any of the loans that were sold to the private-label securitization trusts, and therefore had no servicing assets accounted for on an amortized cost method.
    
The following table sets forth certain characteristics of each of the HELOC securitizations at their inception and the current characteristics as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013. 
 
 
2005-1 at
Inception
 
2005-1
Current
Levels
 
2006-2 at
Inception
 
2006-2
Current 
Levels
 
 
HELOC Securitizations
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Number of loans
8,155

 
2,124

 
4,186

 
1,637

 
Aggregate principal balance
$
600,000

 
$
94,529

 
$
302,182

 
$
97,763

 
Average principal balance
$
55

 
$
44

 
$
72

 
$
60

 
Weighted average fully indexed interest rate
8.43
%
 
5.72
%
 
9.43
%
 
6.37
%
 
Weighted average original term
120 months

 
120 months

 
120 months

 
120 months

 
Weighted average remaining term
112 months

 
27 months

 
112 months

 
41 months

 
Weighted average original credit score
722

 
717

 
715

 
718


The following table sets forth certain characteristics of each of the fixed rate second mortgage securitizations at their inception and the current characteristics as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2013. 
 
2006-1 at
Inception
 
2006-1
Current
Levels
 
2007-1 at
Inception
 
2007-1
Current
Levels
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed Rate Second Mortgage Securitization
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of loans
8,325

 
2,539

 
12,416

 
4,801

Aggregate principal balance
$
398,706

 
$
94,484

 
$
622,100

 
$
195,462

Average principal balance
$
49

 
$
37

 
$
50

 
$
41

Weighted average fully indexed interest rate
7.04
%
 
6.78
%
 
8.22
%
 
7.20
%
Weighted average original term
187 months

 
187 months

 
194 months

 
194 months

Weighted average remaining term
179 months

 
97 months

 
185 months

 
114 months

Weighted average original credit score
729

 
727

 
726

 
729


Transferors' Interests

Under the terms of the HELOC securitizations, the trusts have purchased and were initially obligated to pay for any subsequent additional draws on the lines of credit transferred to the trusts. Upon entering a rapid amortization period, the Company becomes obligated to fund the purchase of those additional balances as they arise in exchange for a beneficial interest in the trust (transferors' interest). The Company must continue to fund the required purchase of additional draws by the trust as long as the securitization remains active. The table below identifies the draw contributions for each of the HELOC securitization trusts as well as the fair value of the transferors' interests.  

42

Table of Contents

 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
FSTAR 2005-1
 
FSTAR 2006-2
 
FSTAR 2005-1
 
FSTAR 2006-2
Summary of Transferors' Interest by Securitization
(Dollars in thousands)
Total draw contribution
$
35,809

 
$
51,321

 
$
35,782

 
$
51,320

Additional balance increase amount (1)
$
25,059

 
$
27,635

 
$
25,311

 
$
28,134

Transferors' interest ownership percentage
25.87
%
 
27.77
%
 
24.99
%
 
26.96
%
Fair value of transferors' interests
$
6,872

 
$

 
$
7,103

 
$

Transferors' interest reserve
$
414

 
$
77

 
$
479

 
$
97

(1)
Additional draws on lines of credit for which the Company receives a beneficial interest in the Trust.

FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, outstanding claims due to the note insurer were $16.9 million and $16.8 million, respectively, and based on the Company’s internal model, the Company believed that because of the claims due to the note insurer and continuing credit losses on the loans underlying the securitization, the fair value/carrying amount of the transferors' interest was $6.9 million and $7.1 million, respectively. The Company recorded a liability to reflect the expected liability arising from losses on future draws associated with this securitization, of which $0.4 million remained at March 31, 2013. In determining this liability, the Company assumed (i) no further draws would be made with respect to those HELOCs as to which further draws were currently prohibited, (ii) the remaining HELOCs would continue to operate in the same manner as their historical draw behavior indicated, as measured on an individual loan basis and on a pool drawdown basis, and (iii) that any draws actually made and therefore recognized as transferors' interests by the Company would have a loss rate of 72.6 percent.

FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, outstanding claims due to the note insurer were $90.1 million and $88.7 million, respectively, and based on the Company’s internal model, the Company believed that because of the claims due to the note insurer and continuing credit losses on the loans underlying the securitization, there was no carrying amount of the transferors' interest. The Company recorded a liability of $7.6 million to reflect the expected liability arising from losses on future draws associated with this securitization, of which $0.1 million remained at March 31, 2013. In determining this liability, the Company (i) assumed no further draws would be made with respect to those HELOCs as to which further draws were currently prohibited, (ii) the remaining HELOCs would continue to operate in the same manner as their historical draw behavior indicated, as measured on an individual loan basis and on a pool drawdown basis, and (iii) that any draws actually made and therefore recognized as transferors' interests by the Company would have a loss rate of 100 percent.
    
The following table outlines the Company's expected losses on future draws on loans in the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization and the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization at March 31, 2013. 
 
Unfunded Commitments (1)
 
Expected Future Draws as % of Unfunded Commitments (2)
 
Expected Future Draws (3)
 
Expected Loss (4)
 
Potential Future Liability (5)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization
$
2,726

 
17.3
%
 
$
471

 
72.6
%
 
$
342

FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization
497

 
19.3
%
 
96

 
100.0
%
 
96

Total
$
3,223

 
 
 
$
567

 
 
 
$
438

(1)
Unfunded commitments represent the amounts currently fundable at the dates indicated because the underlying borrowers’ lines of credit are still active.
(2)
Expected future draws on unfunded commitments represents the historical draw rate within the securitization.
(3)
Expected future draws reflects unfunded commitments multiplied by expected future draws percentage.
(4)
Expected losses represent an estimated reduction in carrying value of future draws.
(5)
Potential future liability reflects expected future draws multiplied by expected losses.

Securitization Litigations

The Company is in litigation with Assured and MBIA regarding the alleged breach of various loan level representations and warranties made by the Company in connection with the four private-label securitizations. See Note 20 - Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments, herein, for further information regarding the securitization litigations.





43

Table of Contents

Unfunded Commitments

The table below identifies separately for each HELOC securitization trust: (i) the notional amount of the total unfunded commitment under the Company's contractual arrangements, (ii) unfunded commitments that have been frozen or suspended because the borrowers do not currently meet the contractual requirements under their HELOC with the Company, and (iii) the amount currently fundable because the underlying borrowers' lines of credit are still active. 
 
FSTAR 2005-1
 
FSTAR 2006-2
 
Total
March 31, 2013
(Dollars in thousands)
Notional amount of unfunded commitments (1)
$
30,410

 
$
26,691

 
$
57,101

Less: Frozen or suspended unfunded commitments
27,684

 
26,194

 
53,878

Unfunded commitments still active
2,726

 
497

 
3,223

December 31, 2012
 
Notional amount of unfunded commitments (1)
$
30,767

 
$
27,447

 
$
58,214

Less: Frozen or suspended unfunded commitments
27,825

 
26,958

 
54,783

Unfunded commitments still active
2,942

 
489

 
3,431

(1)
The Company’s total potential funding obligation is dependent on both (a) borrower behavior (e.g., the amount of additional draws requested) and (b) the contractual draw period (remaining term) available to the borrowers. Because borrowers can make principal payments and restore the amounts available for draws and then borrow additional amounts as long as their lines of credit remain active, the funding obligation has no specific limitation and it is not possible to define the maximum funding obligation. However, the Company expects that the maturity dates of the FSTAR 2005-1 HELOC Securitization and the FSTAR 2006-2 HELOC Securitization pools will be reached in 2015 and 2017, respectively, and the Company’s exposure will be substantially mitigated at such times, based on prepayment speeds and losses in the cash flow forecast.

Credit Risk on Securitization

With respect to the issuance of private-label securitizations, the Company retains certain limited credit exposure in that it retains non-investment grade residual securities in addition to customary representations and warranties. The Company does not have credit exposure associated with non-performing loans in securitizations beyond its investment in retained interests in non-investment grade residuals and draws (transferors' interests) on HELOCs that it funds and which are not reimbursed by the respective trust. The value of the Company’s transferors' interests reflects the Company’s credit loss assumptions as applied to the underlying collateral pool. To the extent that actual credit losses exceed the assumptions, the value of the Company’s non-investment grade residual securities and unreimbursed draws will be diminished.

All servicing related to loans underlying the private-label securitizations (i.e., HELOC and second mortgage loans) has been transferred to a third party servicer.

The following table summarizes the Company's consumer servicing portfolio and the balance of retained assets with credit exposure, which includes residential interests that are included as securities classified as trading and unreimbursed HELOC draws that are included in loans held-for-investment.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amount of
Loans Serviced
 
Balance of
Retained Assets
With Credit
Exposure
 
Amount of
Loans
Serviced
 
Balance of
Retained Assets
With Credit
Exposure
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Private-label securitizations
$

 
$
6,872

 
$

 
$
7,103

Note 10 – Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company has obligations to service residential first mortgage loans. Servicing of residential first mortgage loans is a significant business activity of the Company. The Company recognizes MSR assets on residential first mortgage loans when it retains the obligation to service these loans upon sale. MSRs are subject to changes in value from, among other things, changes in interest rates, prepayments of the underlying loans and changes in credit quality of the underlying portfolio. The Company utilizes the fair value method for residential first MSRs, as elected by under ASC Topic 820, "Fair Value Measurement." As such, the Company currently hedges certain risks of fair value changes of MSRs using derivative instruments that are intended to change in value inversely to part or all of the changes in the components underlying the fair value of MSRs.

44

Table of Contents

Changes in the carrying value of residential first mortgage MSRs, accounted for at fair value, were as follows. 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
710,791

 
$
510,475

Additions from loans sold with servicing retained
126,494

 
111,484

Reductions from bulk sales (1)
(94,437
)
 
(18,202
)
Changes in fair value due to (2)
 
 
 
Decrease in MSR value (3)
(37,481
)
 
(26,832
)
All other changes in valuation inputs or assumptions (4)
21,840

 
19,905

Fair value of MSRs at end of period
$
727,207

 
$
596,830

Unpaid principal balance of residential first mortgage loans serviced for others (period end)
$
73,933,296

 
$
68,207,554

(1)
Includes bulk sales related to underlying serviced loans totaling $10.7 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, compared to $2.4 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
Changes in fair value are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3)    Represents decrease in MSR value associated with loans that were paid-off during the period.
(4)
Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors, which are determined based on current market conditions. The Company periodically obtains third-party valuations of its residential MSRs to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the valuation model.
The key economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of those MSRs capitalized during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 periods were as follows. 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Weighted-average life (in years)
5.4

 
6.1

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate
15.5
%
 
15.2
%
Weighted-average discount rate
7.9
%
 
7.0
%
The key economic assumptions reflected in the overall fair value of the entire portfolio of MSRs were as follows. 
 
March 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
Weighted-average life (in years)
5.7

 
5.3

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate
14.7
%
 
17.3
%
Weighted-average discount rate
7.6
%
 
7.0
%

Contractual servicing fees. Contractual servicing fees, including late fees and ancillary income, for each type of loan serviced are presented below. Contractual servicing fees are included within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.  
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential first mortgage
$
54,078

 
$
48,326

Other
198

 
173

Total
$
54,276

 
$
48,499



45

Table of Contents

Note 11 – Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company follows the provisions of derivatives and hedging accounting guidance, which require it to recognize all derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at fair value. Derivative instruments are contracts between two or more parties that have a notional amount and an underlying variable, require a small or no net investment, and allow for the net settlement of positions. A derivative's notional amount serves as the basis for the payment provision of the contract, and takes the form of units, such as shares or dollars. A derivative's underlying variable is a specified interest rate, security price, commodity price, foreign exchange rate, index, or other variable. The interaction between the notional amount and the underlying variable determines the number of units to be exchanged between the parties and influences the fair value of the derivative contract. Generally, these instruments help the Company manage exposure to interest rate risk, mitigate the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio, hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and meet client financing and hedging needs. The following derivative financial instruments were identified and recorded at fair value as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and other forward loan sale contracts;
Rate lock commitments;
Interest rate swap; and
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures and options.

Derivative assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet, after taking into account the effects of bilateral collateral and master netting agreements. Gross positive fair values are netted with gross negative fair values by counterparty pursuant to a valid master netting agreement. In addition, payables and receivables in respect of collateral received from or paid to a given counterparty are included in this netting. These agreements allow the Company to settle all derivative contracts held with a single counterparty on a net basis, and to offset net derivative positions with related collateral, where applicable. As a result, the Company could have derivative contracts with negative fair values included in derivative assets on the balance sheet and contracts with positive fair values included in derivative liabilities.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

Like other financial services institutions, the Company originates loans and extends credit, both of which expose the Company to credit risk. The Company actively manages the overall loan portfolio and the associated credit risk in a manner consistent with asset quality objectives. This objective is accomplished primarily through the use of an investment-grade diversified dealer-traded basket of swaps. These transactions may generate fee income, and diversify and reduce overall portfolio credit risk volatility. Although the Company utilizes swaps for risk management purposes, they are not treated as hedging instruments.

The Company hedges the risk of overall changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale and rate lock commitments generally by selling forward contracts on securities of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae (collectively, government sponsored entities or the "GSEs"). The forward contracts used to economically hedge the loan commitments are accounted for as non-designated hedges and naturally offset rate lock commitment mark-to-market gains and losses recognized as a component of gain on loan sale. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $39.7 million and gain of $41.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on hedging activity relating to loan commitments and loans held-for-sale. Additionally, the Company hedges the risk of overall changes in fair value of MSRs through the use of various derivatives including purchases of forward contracts on securities of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, the purchase/sale of U.S. Treasury futures contracts and the purchase/sale of euro dollar future contracts. These derivatives are accounted for as non-designated hedges against changes in the fair value of MSRs. The Company recognized a loss of $18.3 million and a loss of $2.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, on MSR fair value hedging activities. The Company does not apply hedge accounting, as prescribed in ASC 815: Derivatives and Hedging to any derivatives.

The Company uses a combination of derivatives (U.S. Treasury futures, euro dollar futures, swap futures, and "to be announced" forwards) and certain trading securities to hedge the MSRs. For accounting purposes, these hedges represent economic hedges of the MSR asset with both the hedges and the MSR asset carried at fair value on the balance sheet. Certain hedging strategies that we use to manage our investment in MSRs may be ineffective to fully offset changes in the fair value of such asset due to changes in interest rates and market liquidity. As both the hedges and the MSR asset are carried at fair value on the balance sheet, any hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in current period earnings.

The Company writes and purchases interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to provide derivative products to customers enabling them to manage interest rate risk exposure. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are tailored to meet the needs of the counterparties involved and, therefore, contain a greater degree of credit risk and liquidity risk than exchange-traded contracts, which have standardized terms and readily available price information. The Company mitigates most of the inherent market risk of customer-initiated interest

46

Table of Contents

rate swap contracts by taking offsetting positions. Market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts. The offsetting derivative contracts have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. These limits are established annually and reviewed quarterly. Interest rate swaps are agreements in which two parties periodically exchange fixed cash payments for variable payments based on a designated market rate or index, or variable payments based on two different rates or indices, applied to a specified notional amount until a stated maturity. The Company's swap agreements are structured such that variable payments are primarily based on LIBOR (one-month, three-month or six-month) or prime. These instruments are principally negotiated over-the-counter and are subject to credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk.     
        
The Company had the following derivative financial instruments.
 
Notional Amount
 

Fair Value
 

Expiration Dates
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Assets (1)
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
11,252,600

 
$
7,998

 
2014
Mortgage backed securities forwards
$
655,000

 
$
2,845

 
2014
       Rate lock commitments
4,749,416

 
51,389

 
2014
       Interest rate swaps
67,341

 
1,853

 
Various
Total derivative assets
$
16,724,357

 
$
64,085

 
 
Liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
$
6,199,000

 
$
18,876

 
2014
Interest rate swaps
67,341

 
1,853

 
Various
Total derivative liabilities
$
6,266,341

 
$
20,729

 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Assets (1)
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
11,778,600

 
$
2,203

 
2013
Mortgage backed securities forwards
1,275,000

 
3,619

 
2013
Rate lock commitments
5,149,891

 
86,200

 
2013
Interest rate swaps
101,246

 
5,954

 
Various
Total derivative assets
$
18,304,737

 
$
97,976

 
 
Liabilities (2)
 
 
 
 
 
Forward agency and loan sales
$
7,385,430

 
$
14,021

 
2013
Interest rate swaps
101,246

 
5,954

 
Various
Total derivative liabilities
$
7,486,676

 
$
19,975

 
 
(1)
Asset derivatives are included in "other assets" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
(2)
Liability derivatives are included in "other liabilities" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
    
Customer initiated derivatives. Fee income on customer-initiated trading derivatives are earned from entering into various transactions at the request of the customer, primarily interest rate swap contracts. Fair values of customer-initiated derivative financial instruments represent the net unrealized gains or losses on such contracts and are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition in "other assets" and "other liabilities." Changes in fair value are recognized in "other non-interest income" on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no net gains (losses) recognized in income on customer-initiated derivative instruments for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company enters into legally enforceable master netting agreements which reduce risk by permitting the closeout and netting of transactions with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of certain events. A master netting agreement allows two counterparties, who have multiple derivative contracts with each other, the ability to net settle amounts under all contracts, including any related collateral posted, through a single payment and in a single currency. The rights of offset associated with the derivative assets and liabilities are subject to the provisions of collateral agreements, certain of which as applicable to the Company are unilateral and/or contain restrictions on minimum collateral.


47

Table of Contents

Collateral agreements require the counterparty to post, on a daily basis, collateral (typically cash or investment securities) equal to the Company’s net derivative receivable. For highly-rated counterparties, the agreements may include minimum dollar posting thresholds, but allow for the Company to call for immediate, full collateral coverage when credit-rating thresholds are triggered by counterparties. The Company’s collateral agreements contain provisions that require collateralization of the Company’s net liability derivative positions. Required collateral coverage is based on certain net liability thresholds. Under circumstances which constitute default under the agreements, the counterparties to the derivatives could request immediate full collateral coverage for derivatives in net liability positions. The Company's collateral agreements in which the collateral is restricted include provisions requiring unilateral funding of coverage for derivatives in net liability positions, as well as minimum collateral positions.

The following tables present the derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement, including the cash pledged as collateral.
 
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 
 Economic Undesignated Hedges
Gross Amount
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
 
Net Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
33,099

 
$
2,171

 
$
30,928

 
$
15,010

 
$
7,920

 
$
7,998

Mortgage backed securities forwards
33,505

 

 
33,505

 

 
30,660

 
2,845

Forward agency and loan sales
1,935

 
1,935

 

 

 

 

Rate lock commitments
51,705

 
316

 
51,389

 

 

 
51,389

Interest rate swaps
9,383

 

 
9,383

 

 
7,530

 
1,853

        Total derivative assets
$
129,627

 
$
4,422

 
$
125,205

 
$
15,010

 
$
46,110

 
$
64,085

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
2,171

 
$
2,171

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Forward agency and loan sales
20,811

 
1,935

 
18,876

 

 

 
18,876

Rate lock commitments
316

 
316

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps
1,853

 

 
1,853

 

 

 
1,853

        Total derivative liabilities
$
25,151

 
$
4,422

 
$
20,729

 
$

 
$

 
$
20,729




48

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Gross Amounts Not Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
 
 Economic Undesignated Hedges
Gross Amount
 
Gross Amounts Offset in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Net Amount Presented in the Statement of Financial Position
 
Financial Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
 
Net Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
36,801

 
$
5,076

 
$
31,725

 
$
15,006

 
$
14,516

 
$
2,203

Mortgage backed securities forwards
42,194

 

 
42,194

 
(4
)
 
38,579

 
3,619

Forward agency and loan sales
3,401

 
3,401

 

 

 

 

Rate lock commitments
86,286

 
86

 
86,200

 

 

 
86,200

Interest rate swaps
14,164

 

 
14,164

 

 
8,210

 
5,954

        Total derivative assets
$
182,846

 
$
8,563

 
$
174,283

 
$
15,002

 
$
61,305

 
$
97,976

Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and euro dollar futures
$
5,076

 
$
5,076

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Forward agency and loan sales
17,422

 
3,401

 
14,021

 

 

 
14,021

Rate lock commitments
86

 
86

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps
5,954

 

 
5,954

 

 

 
5,954

        Total derivative liabilities
$
28,538

 
$
8,563

 
$
19,975

 
$

 
$

 
$
19,975


The Company pledged a total of $61.1 million and $76.3 million of investment securities and cash collateral to counterparties at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, for derivative activities. The Company pledged $46.1 million and $61.3 million in cash collateral to counterparties at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and $15.0 million in U.S. Treasury bonds at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The total collateral pledged is included in "other assets" on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Counterparty credit risk. The Bank is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counterparties to its various derivative financial instruments. The Company manages this risk by selecting only well-established, financially strong counterparties, spreading the credit risk among such counterparties, and by placing contractual limits on the amount of unsecured credit risk from any single counterparty.

Note 12 – FHLB Advances

The portfolio of FHLB advances includes floating rate short-term adjustable advances and long-term fixed rate advances. The following is a breakdown of the advances outstanding.
  
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Amount
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Daily adjustable advances
$

 
%
 
$
280,000

 
0.50
%
Long-term fixed rate term advances
2,900,000

 
3.30
%
 
2,900,000

 
3.30
%
Total
$
2,900,000

 
3.30
%
 
$
3,180,000

 
3.80
%

49

Table of Contents

 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Maximum outstanding at any month end
$
2,900,000

 
$
3,770,000

Average balance
3,105,556

 
4,097,630

Average remaining borrowing capacity
4,259,155

 
4,777,313

Average interest rate
3.16
%
 
2.69
%

At March 31, 2013, the Company had the authority and approval from the FHLB to utilize a line of credit equal to $7.0 billion and the Company may access that line to the extent that collateral is provided. At March 31, 2013, the Company had available collateral sufficient to access $3.8 billion of the line and had $2.9 billion of advances outstanding. Pursuant to collateral agreements with the FHLB, advances can be collateralized by non-delinquent single-family residential first mortgage loans, loans repurchased with government guarantees, certain other loans and investment securities.

Note 13 – Long-Term Debt

The Company’s long-term debt is comprised principally of junior subordinated notes which were issued in connection with the issuance of trust preferred securities. The following table presents the outstanding balance and related interest rates of the long-term debt as of the dates indicated.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Junior Subordinated Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Floating 3 Month LIBOR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2032
$
25,774

 
3.53
%
 
$
25,774

 
3.56
%
Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2033
25,774

 
3.55
%
 
25,774

 
3.59
%
Plus 3.25% (1), matures 2033
25,780

 
3.53
%
 
25,780

 
3.56
%
Plus 2.00% (1), matures 2035
25,774

 
2.30
%
 
25,774

 
2.34
%
Plus 2.00% (1), matures 2035
25,774

 
2.30
%
 
25,774

 
2.34
%
Plus 1.75% (1), matures 2035
51,547

 
2.03
%
 
51,547

 
2.06
%
Plus 1.50% (1), matures 2035
25,774

 
1.80
%
 
25,774

 
1.84
%
Plus 1.45% (1), matures 2037
25,774

 
1.73
%
 
25,774

 
1.76
%
Plus 2.50% (1), matures 2037
15,464

 
2.78
%
 
15,464

 
2.81
%
Total long-term debt
$
247,435

 
 
 
$
247,435

 
 
(1)
The securities are currently callable by the Company.

Deferral of Interest Payments

Interest on all junior subordinated notes related to trust preferred securities is payable quarterly. Under the terms of the related indentures, the Company may defer interest payments for up to 20 consecutive quarters without default or penalty. On January 27, 2012, the Company exercised its contractual rights to defer interest payments with respect to trust preferred securities. The payments are periodically evaluated and will be reinstated when appropriate, subject to the provisions of the Supervisory Agreement. Concurrently, the Company also exercised contractual rights to defer dividend payments with respect to preferred stock issued and outstanding in connection with participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. See Note 16 - Stockholders' Equity.


50

Table of Contents

Note 14 - Representation and Warranty Reserve

The following table shows the activity in the representation and warranty reserve.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 Balance, beginning of period,
$
193,000

 
$
120,000

 Provision
 
 
 
 
Charged to gain on sale for current loan sales
5,818

 
5,051

 
Charged to representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
17,395

 
60,538

 
Total
23,213

 
65,589

 Charge-offs, net
(31,213
)
 
(43,589
)
 Balance, end of period
$
185,000

 
$
142,000

    
Reserve levels are a function of expected losses based on actual pending and expected claims and repurchase requests, historical experience and loan volume. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions could be required that could adversely affect operations or financial position in future periods.

The Company routinely obtains information from the GSEs regarding the historical trends of demand requests, and occasionally obtains information on anticipated future loan reviews and potential repurchase demand projections. The Company believes this information provides helpful but limited insight in anticipating GSE behavior, thus helping to better estimate future repurchase requests and validate representation and warranty assumptions. Estimating the balance of the representation and warranty reserve involves using assumptions regarding future repurchase request volumes, expected loss severity on these requests and claims appeal success rates. Notwithstanding the information obtained from the GSEs, the assumptions used to estimate the representation and warranty reserve contain a level of uncertainty and risk that could have a material impact on the representation and warranty reserve balance if they differ from actual results. To assess the sensitivity of the representation and warranty reserve model to adverse changes, management periodically runs a sensitivity analysis using its reserve model by assuming hypothetical increases in the level of repurchase volume.

Note 15 – Warrant Liabilities

May Investors

In full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under anti-dilution provisions applicable to certain investors (the "May Investors") in the Company’s May 2008 private placement capital raise, the Company granted warrants (the "May Investor Warrants") to the May Investors on January 30, 2009 for the purchase of 142,598 shares of Common Stock at $62.00 per share. The holders of such warrants are entitled to acquire shares of Common Stock for a period of ten years. During 2009, May Investors exercised May Investor Warrants to purchase 31,484 shares of Common Stock. As a result of the Company’s registered offering on March 31, 2010, of 5.8 million shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $50.00 (as adjusted for the subsequent one-for-ten reverse stock split), the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable to the May Investors under the May Investor Warrants was increased by 26,667 and the exercise price was decreased to $50.00 pursuant to the antidilution provisions of the May Investors Warrants. As a result of the Company’s registered offering on November 2, 2010 of 11.6 million shares of Common Stock at a price per share of $10.00, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable to the May Investors under the May Investor Warrants was increased by 551,126 and the exercise price was decreased to $10.00 pursuant to the antidilution provisions of the May Investors Warrants. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, no shares of Common Stock were issued upon exercise of May Investor Warrants, and at March 31, 2013, the May Investors held warrants to purchase 688,907 shares at an exercise price of $10.00.

Management believes the May Investor Warrants do not meet the definition of a contract that is indexed to the Company’s own stock under U.S. GAAP. Therefore, the May Investor Warrants are classified as liabilities rather than as an equity instrument and are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized through operations.

On January 30, 2009, in conjunction with the capital investments, the Company recorded the May Investor Warrants at their fair value of $6.1 million. From the issuance of the May Investor Warrants on January 30, 2009 through March 31, 2013, the

51

Table of Contents

Company marked these warrants to market which resulted in an increase in the liability during this time of $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. This increase was recorded as warrant expense included in non-interest expense.

At March 31, 2013, the Company's liabilities to the holders of May Investor Warrants amounted to $7.8 million. The warrant liabilities are included in "other liabilities" in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Treasury Warrants

On January 30, 2009, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury 266,657 shares of Series C fixed rate cumulative non-convertible perpetual preferred stock ("Series C Preferred Stock") and a warrant to purchase up to approximately 645,138 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $62.00 per share (the "Treasury Warrant") for $266.7 million. The issuance and the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock and Treasury Warrant were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Series C Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5 percent per annum for the first five years, and 9 percent per annum thereafter. The Treasury Warrant became exercisable upon receipt of stockholder approval on May 26, 2009 and has a ten-year term.

Note 16 – Stockholders’ Equity

On September 24, 2012, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect a reverse stock split of Common Stock with the exact exchange ratio and timing of the reverse stock split to be determined at the discretion of the Company’s board of directors. The Company's board of directors approved a one-for-ten reverse stock split which began trading on a post-split-basis October 11, 2012. In lieu of fractional shares, stockholders received cash payments based on the Common Stock’s closing price on October 9, 2012 of $11.70 per share, which reflects the reverse stock split. The par value per shares of Common Stock remained at $0.01 per share. All Common Stock and related per share amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements are reflected on an after-reverse-split basis for all periods presented.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 and a liquidation value of $1,000 and additional paid in capital attributable to preferred stock at March 31, 2013 is summarized as follows. 
 
Rate
 
Earliest
Redemption Date
 
Shares
Outstanding
 
Preferred
Shares
 
Additional
Paid in
Capital
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Series C Preferred Stock
5.0
%
 
January 31, 2012
 
266,657

 
$
3

 
$
261,825


See Note 15 - Warrant Liabilities, for further information regarding the Series C Preferred Stock.

Deferral of Dividend Payments

On January 27, 2012, the Company exercised its contractual right to defer regularly scheduled quarterly payments of dividends, beginning with the February 2012 payment, on preferred stock issued and outstanding in connection with participation in the TARP Capital Purchase Program. These payments will be periodically evaluated and reinstated when appropriate, subject to the provisions of the Supervisory Agreement. Under the terms of the preferred stock, the Company may defer payments of dividends for up to six quarters in total without default or penalty.


52

Table of Contents

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for each type of available-for-sale security.
 
Pre-tax Amount
 
Income Tax (Expense) Benefit (1)
 
After-Tax Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale,
 
 
 
 
 
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
2,164

 
$

 
$
2,164

FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trust
(8,928
)
 
6,108

 
(2,820
)
Total net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale
$
(6,764
)
 
$
6,108

 
$
(656
)
Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale,
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government sponsored agencies
$
2,389

 
$

 
$
2,389

FSTAR 2006-1 securitization trust
(10,155
)
 
6,108

 
(4,047
)
Total net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available-for-sale
$
(7,766
)
 
$
6,108

 
$
(1,658
)
(1)
The income tax benefit reflects the amount which existed at the time the Company established the valuation allowance for deferred securities that were held at the date disposed or matured.

Note 17 – Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing earnings (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of Common Stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue Common Stock were exercised and converted into Common Stock or resulted in the issuance of Common Stock that could then share in the earnings (loss) of the Company.

On September 24, 2012, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to affect a reverse split of the Common Stock at any time prior to October 24, 2012, at an exchange rate of one-for-ten. The Company's board of directors on September 27, 2012 approved the one-for-ten reverse stock split, which began trading on a post-split basis on October 11, 2012. In lieu of fractional shares, stockholders received cash payments based on the Common Stock's closing price on October 9, 2012 of $11.70 per share, which reflected the reverse stock split. The par value of the Common Stock remained at $0.01 per share.

    

53

Table of Contents

The following tables set forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share of Common Stock for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. 
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
Earnings
 
Weighted
Average  Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Loss
 
Weighted
Average
 Shares
 
Per Share
Amount
Net income (loss)
$
23,607

 
 
 
$

 
$
(7,309
)
 
 
 
$

Less: preferred stock dividend/accretion
(1,438
)
 
 
 

 
(1,407
)
 
 
 

Basic earnings (loss) per share
22,169

 
 
 
 
 
(8,716
)
 
 
 
 
Deferred cumulative preferred stock dividends
(3,525
)
 

 

 
(3,333
)
 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Common Stock
18,644

 
55,974

 
0.33

 
(12,049
)
 
55,662

 
(0.22
)
Effect of dilutive securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants

 
252

 

 

 

 

Stock-based awards

 
189

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to Common Stock
$
18,644

 
56,415

 
$
0.33

 
$
(12,049
)
 
55,662

 
$
(0.22
)

Due to the loss attributable to common stockholders for the three months ended March 31, 2012, the diluted loss per share calculation excludes all Common Stock equivalents, including 1,334,045 shares pertaining to warrants 172,029 shares, pertaining to stock-based awards. The inclusion of these securities would be anti-dilutive.

Note 18 – Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $1.5 million compared to $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Incentive Compensation Plan

The Incentive Compensation Plans ("Incentive Plans") are administered by the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors. Each year, the compensation committee decides which employees of the Company will be eligible to participate in the plans and the size of the bonus pool. The Company incurred a $9.1 million expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to expenses of $7.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Note 19 – Income Taxes

The Company periodically reviews the carrying amount of the deferred tax assets to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets. In evaluating this available evidence, the Company considers historical financial performance, expectation of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, length of statutory carry forward periods, experience with operating loss and tax credit carry forwards not expiring unused, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. Significant judgment is required in assessing future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Company's evaluation is based on current tax laws as well as expectations of future performance.

The Company had cumulative pre-tax losses from the third quarter 2007 to the third quarter 2009 and continuing through first quarter 2012. This factor was considered in the analysis of deferred tax assets. Additionally, based on economic uncertainties that have persisted since that time it was more likely than not that the Company would not generate significant pre-tax income in the near term. As a result of these factors, the Company established a valuation allowance on its deferred tax asset during the third quarter 2009. Because management believes it is still more likely than not that it will not realize the benefits of existing net deferred tax assets, the Company's net deferred tax assets of $334.2 million and $341.9 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, have been entirely offset by a valuation allowance.

54

Table of Contents


For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the net benefit for federal income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income was zero percent. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the variance to the statutory rate of 35 percent was attributable to a $(7.3) million change to the valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible corporate expenses of $0.3 million, and non-taxable warrant income of $(1.2) million. The variance to the statutory rate of 35 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was attributable to a $0.4 million change to valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets, certain non-deductible corporate expenses of $0.7 million, non-taxable warrant income of $0.9 million and $0.6 million change to alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards.

The Company's income tax returns are subject to examination by federal, state and local government authorities. On an ongoing basis, numerous federal, state and local examinations are in progress and cover multiple tax years. As of March 31, 2013, the Internal Revenue Service had completed examination of the Company's income tax returns through the years ended December 31, 2008. The years open to examination by state and local government authorities vary by jurisdiction.

Note 20 – Legal Proceedings, Contingencies and Commitments

Legal Proceedings

The Company and certain subsidiaries are subject to various pending or threatened legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of business or operations. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of these proceedings, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims presently asserted against the Company, including the matters described below. With respect to such legal proceedings, the Company intends to continue to defend itself vigorously, litigating or settling cases according to management's judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

On at least a quarterly basis, the Company assesses the liabilities and loss contingencies in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings utilizing the latest information available. In accordance with ASC 450, the Company establishes reserves for legal claims and regulatory matters when the Company believes it is probable that a loss may be incurred and that the amount of such loss can be reasonably estimated. Once established, accrued reserves are adjusted from time to time, as appropriate, in light of additional information.

Resolutions of legal claims are inherently dependent on the specific facts and circumstances of each specific case, and therefore the actual costs of resolving these claims may be substantially higher or lower than the amounts reserved. Based on current knowledge, and after consultation with legal counsel, management believes that current reserves are adequate and the amount of any incremental liability that may otherwise arise is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Certain legal claims considered by the Company in its analysis of the sufficiency of its related reserves include the following.

DOJ Litigation Settlement

On February 24, 2012, the Company announced that the Bank had entered into the DOJ Agreement relating to certain underwriting practices associated with loans insured by FHA. The Bank and the DOJ entered into the DOJ Agreement pursuant to which the Bank agreed to:

Comply with all applicable HUD and FHA rules related to the continued participation in the direct endorsement lender program;
Make an initial payment of $15.0 million within 30 business days of the effective date of the DOJ Agreement (which was paid on April 3, 2012);
Make the Additional Payments of approximately $118.0 million contingent only upon the occurrence of certain future events (as further described below); and
Complete a monitoring period by an independent third party chosen by the Bank and approved by HUD.

Subject to the Bank's full compliance with the terms of the DOJ Agreement, the government agreed:

Immediately release the Bank and all of the current and former officers, directors, employees, affiliates and assigns from any civil or administrative claim it has or may have under various federal laws, the common law or equitable theories of fraud or mistake of fact in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the period January 1, 2002 to the date of the DOJ Agreement (the "Covered Period");

55

Table of Contents

Not refuse to pay any insurance claim or seek indemnification or other relief in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the Covered Period but for which no claims have yet been paid on the basis of the conduct alleged in the complaint or referenced in the DOJ Agreement; and
Not seek indemnification or other relief in connection with the mortgage loans the Bank endorsed for FHA insurance during the Covered Period and for which HUD has paid insurance claims on the basis of the conduct alleged in the complaint or referenced in the DOJ Agreement.

As of March 31, 2013, the Bank has accrued $19.1 million, which represents the fair value of the Additional Payments. See Note 3 - Fair Value Accounting, for further information on the fair value of the DOJ litigation settlement. Other than as set forth above, the DOJ Agreement does not have any effect on FHA insured loans in our portfolio, including loans classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees as discussed in Note 6 - Loans Repurchased With Government Guarantees. The Company believes that such loans retain FHA insurance, and the Company continues to process such loans for insurance claims in the normal course and receive payments thereon from the FHA. Based on the experience subsequent to the Bank's agreement with the DOJ, the Company believes such claims are not subject to denial or dispute other than in the normal course of insurance claim processing.

Mortgage-Related Litigation, Regulatory and Other Matters

Regulatory Matters
 
From time to time, governmental agencies conduct investigations or examinations of various mortgage related practices of the Bank. Currently, ongoing investigations relate to whether the Bank violated laws or regulations relating to mortgage origination or servicing practices and to whether its practices with regard to servicing residential first mortgage loans are adequate. The Bank is cooperating with such agencies and providing information as requested. In addition, the Bank has routinely been named in civil actions throughout the country by borrowers and former borrowers relating to the origination, purchase, sale and servicing of mortgage loans.

Repurchase Demands and Indemnification Claims

In the normal course of its operations, the Bank receives repurchase and indemnification demands from counterparties involved with the purchase of residential first mortgages for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. The Bank establishes a representation and warranty reserve in connection with the estimated potential liability for such potential demands.

In 2009 and 2010, the Bank received repurchase demands from Assured with respect to HELOCs that were sold by the Bank in connection with the HELOC securitizations. Assured is the note insurer of each of the two HELOC securitizations completed by the Bank. In April 2011, Assured filed a lawsuit against the Bank in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging a breach of various loan level representations and warranties and seeking relief for breach of contract, as well as full indemnification and reimbursement of amounts that it had paid under the insurance policies, plus interest and costs. Assured sought $111.0 million in damages (the "Assured Litigation"). In March 2012, the Court dismissed Assured's claims for indemnification and reimbursement, but allowed the case to proceed on the breach of contract claims related to the Bank's repurchase obligations. The Court issued a memorandum opinion in September 2012, supporting and explaining the Court's March decision. In the memorandum, the Court stated that the principal issue in the case was whether the Bank's breach of representations and warranties materially increased the risk of loss to Assured at the time of the securitization, as compared to the risk of loss that Assured reasonably should have expected. The bench trial began in October 2012 and concluded with closing arguments in November 2012. In February 2013, the Court issued a decision in favor of Assured on its claims for breach of contract against the Bank in the amount of $89.2 million, plus contractual interest and attorneys' fees and costs. On April 1, 2013, the Court issued a final judgment against the Company for a total of $106.5 million, consisting of $90.7 million in damages plus $15.9 million in pre-judgment interest. The Bank filed a notice of appeal later that month. The Court subsequently issued a memorandum order, in which the Court reserved the decision regarding the amount of attorneys' fees to which Assured is entitled until after the appeal.

In May 2010, the Bank received repurchase demands from MBIA with respect to closed-end, fixed and adjustable second mortgage loans that were sold by the Bank in connection with its two non-agency second mortgage loan securitizations. MBIA is the note insurer of each of the two second mortgage loan securitizations completed by the Bank. On January 11, 2013, MBIA filed a complaint against the Bank in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleging a breach of various loan level representations and warranties and seeking relief for breach of contract, as well as full indemnification and reimbursement of amounts that it has paid and will pay under the respective insurance policies, plus interest and costs (the "MBIA Litigation"). In the MBIA Litigation, MBIA alleges damages to date of $165.0 million and unspecified future damages. In March 2013, the Bank filed a motion to dismiss, and MBIA filed a motion for partial summary judgment on the basis of collateral estoppel. The parties are scheduled to complete a briefing and make oral arguments on these motions in May 2013.

56

Table of Contents


In May 2012, the Bank and Flagstar Reinsurance Company were named as defendants in a putative class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging a violation of Section 2607 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act ("RESPA"). Section 2607(a) of RESPA generally prohibits anyone from "accept[ing] any fee, kickback or thing of value pursuant to any agreement or understanding, oral or otherwise, that business related incident to or part of a real estate settlement service involving a federally related mortgage loan shall be referred to any person." Section 2607(b) of RESPA also prohibits anyone from "accept[ing] any portion, split, or percentage of any charge made or received for the rendering of a real estate settlement service in connection with a federally related mortgage loan other than for services actually performed." The lawsuit specifically alleges that the Bank and Flagstar Reinsurance Company violated Section 2607 of RESPA through a captive reinsurance arrangement involving (i) allegedly illegal payments to Flagstar Reinsurance Company for the referral of private mortgage insurance business from Bank to private mortgage insurers to Flagstar Reinsurance Company and (ii) Flagstar Reinsurance Company's purported receipt of an unlawful split of private mortgage insurance premiums. In January 2013, the plaintiffs filed a First Amended Complaint identifying new plaintiffs. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Complaint based upon the statute of limitations and equitable tolling and awaits the court's ruling on that motion.

Litigation Accruals and Other Possible Contingent Liabilities

When establishing an accrual for contingent liabilities, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is probable to result in a loss and where the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Company then records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. As of March 31, 2013, the Company's total accrual for contingent liabilities was $247.9 million, which includes the accruals for the Assured Litigation, the MBIA Litigation, the DOJ Agreement and other pending cases. There may be further losses that could arise, the occurrence of which is not probable (but is reasonably possible), or the amount of which is not reasonably estimable; in either case, accruals for such losses are not required. The Company has determined based upon available information that there is no loss contingency that is reasonably possible (but not probable) to result in further losses and where the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of the possible loss or the range of possible loss. In the event of one or more unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, could result in a higher loss that, individually or in the aggregate, may be material to the Company's results of operations, or cash flows, for any particular period.

Contingencies and Commitments

A summary of the contractual amount of significant commitments is as follows.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit
 
 
 
Mortgage loans (interest-rate lock commitments)
$
3,740,000

 
$
5,150,000

HELOC trust commitments
57,000

 
58,000

Standby and commercial letters of credit (1)
2,500

 
66,000

(1)
The decrease is primarily related to the sale of commercial loans associated with the CIT Agreement

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend. Since many of these commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The commitments related to mortgage loans are disclosed in the above table. The Company sold $63.0 million of Northeast-based commercial letters of credit during the first quarter 2013.

The Company enters into forward contracts for the future delivery or purchase of agency and loan sale contracts. These contracts are considered to be derivative instruments under U.S. GAAP. Changes to the fair value of these forward loan sales as a result of changes in interest rates are recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as an other asset. Further discussion on derivative instruments is included in Note 11- Derivative Financial Instruments.

The Company has unfunded commitments under its contractual arrangement with the HELOC securitization trusts to fund future advances on the underlying HELOC. Refer to further discussion of this issue as presented in Note 9 – Private-label Securitization Activity.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Standby letters of credit generally are contingent upon the failure of the customer to perform according to the terms of the underlying contract with the third party, while commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce

57

Table of Contents

and typically result in the commitment being drawn on when the underlying transaction is consummated between the customer and the third party.

The credit risk associated with loan commitments, standby and commercial letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. The guarantee liability for standby and commercial letters of credit was less than $0.1 million at March 31, 2013 and $0.1 million at December 31, 2012, respectively.

Note 21 – Segment Information

The Company's operations are conducted through three operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Banking and Other. The operating segments have been identified based on the Company's organizational and management structure. Each business operates under the same banking charter, but is reported on a segmented basis for this report. Each of the operating segments is complementary to each other and because of the interrelationships of the segments, the information presented is not indicative of how the segments would perform if they operated as independent entities. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

Revenues are comprised of net interest income (before the provision for loan losses) and non-interest income. Non-interest expenses are fully allocated to each operating segment. Allocation methodologies are subject to periodic adjustment as the internal management accounting system is revised and the business or product lines within the segments change. Also, because the development and application of these methodologies is a dynamic process, the financial results presented may be periodically revised.

The Community Banking segment originates loans and deposits to consumer, business and mortgage lending customers through its Branch Banking, Business and Commercial Banking, Government Banking, and Warehouse Lending groups. Products offered through these teams include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse lines of credit. Other financial services available to consumer and commercial customers include lines of credit, revolving credit, customized treasury management solutions, equipment leasing, inventory and accounts receivable lending and capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products.

The Mortgage Banking segment originates, acquires, sells and services mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans is the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated through home lending centers, national call centers, the Internet, unaffiliated banks and mortgage brokerage companies, where the net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage Banking segment. Also, the Mortgage Banking segment services mortgage loans for others and sells mortgage servicing rights ("MSRs") into the secondary market.

The Other segment includes the funding revenue associated with stockholders' equity, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, changes or credits of an unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. In addition, the Other segment includes revenue and expenses related to treasury and corporate assets, liabilities and equity not directly assigned or allocated to the Community Banking or Mortgage Banking operating segments.


58

Table of Contents

The following table presents financial information by business segment for the periods indicated.
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
Community Banking
 
Mortgage Banking
 
Other
 
Total
Summary of Operations
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (loss)
$
30,122

 
$
45,013

 
$
(19,466
)
 
$
55,669

Net gain on sale revenue
150

 
137,390

 

 
137,540

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate

 
(17,395
)
 

 
(17,395
)
Other non-interest income
10,881

 
50,345

 
3,572

 
64,798

Total net interest income and non-interest income
41,153

 
215,353

 
(15,894
)
 
240,612

Provision for loan losses
(1,535
)
 
(18,880
)
 

 
(20,415
)
Asset resolution
443

 
(16,888
)
 

 
(16,445
)
Other non-interest expense
(54,591
)
 
(118,060
)
 
(7,494
)
 
(180,145
)
Total non-interest expense
(54,148
)
 
(134,948
)
 
(7,494
)
 
(196,590
)
Net income (loss)
$
(14,530
)
 
$
61,525

 
$
(23,388
)
 
$
23,607

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
622,196

 
$
2,993,999

 
$

 
$
3,616,195

Loans held-for-investment
1,556,031

 
3,271,593

 
7,065

 
4,834,689

Total assets
2,352,113

 
9,045,217

 
2,295,241

 
13,692,571

Interest-bearing deposits
6,961,067

 

 
24,586

 
6,985,653

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
 
Community Banking
 
Mortgage Banking
 
Other
 
Total
Summary of Operations
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (loss)
$
35,301

 
$
45,819

 
$
(6,387
)
 
$
74,733

Net gain on sale revenue
171

 
204,682

 

 
204,853

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate

 
(60,538
)
 

 
(60,538
)
Other non-interest income
9,358

 
59,605

 
8,099

 
77,062

Total net interest income and non-interest income
44,830

 
249,568

 
1,712

 
296,110

Provision for loan losses
(28,870
)
 
(85,803
)
 

 
(114,673
)
Asset resolution
(5,132
)
 
(31,638
)
 

 
(36,770
)
Other non-interest expense
(44,488
)
 
(91,228
)
 
(16,260
)
 
(151,976
)
Total non-interest expense
(49,620
)
 
(122,866
)
 
(16,260
)
 
(188,746
)
Net income (loss)
$
(33,660
)
 
$
40,899

 
$
(14,548
)
 
$
(7,309
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$

 
$
2,393,725

 
$

 
$
2,393,725

Loans held-for-investment
2,779,852

 
3,957,412

 
9,481

 
6,746,745

Total assets
2,886,737

 
9,450,749

 
1,869,690

 
14,207,176

Interest-bearing deposits
6,357,363

 

 
290,680

 
6,648,043




59

Table of Contents

ITEM 2.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Where we say "we," "us," or "our," we usually mean Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. However, in some cases, a reference to "we," "us," or "our" will include our wholly-owned subsidiary Flagstar Bank, FSB, and Flagstar Capital Markets Corporation ("FCMC"), its wholly-owned subsidiary, which we collectively refer to as the "Bank."

General

We are a Michigan-based savings and loan holding company founded in 1993. Our business is primarily conducted through our principal subsidiary, the Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank founded in 1987. At March 31, 2013, our total assets were $13.1 billion, making us the largest bank headquartered in Michigan and one of the top 10 largest savings banks in the United States. Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "FBC." We are considered a controlled company for NYSE purposes, because MP Thrift Investments, L.P. ("MP Thrift") held approximately 63.5 percent of our common stock as of March 31, 2013.

As a savings and loan holding company, we are subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the "Federal Reserve"). The Bank is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") of the U.S. Department of the Treasury ("U.S. Treasury"). The Bank is also subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC through the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"). The Bank is also subject to the rule-making, supervision and examination authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "CFPB"), which is responsible for enforcing the principal federal consumer protection laws. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Indianapolis.

Our primary business is conducted through our Mortgage Banking segment, in which we originate or purchase residential first mortgage loans throughout the country and sell them into securitization pools, primarily to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae (collectively, government sponsored entities or the "GSEs") or as whole loans. Approximately 99.4 percent of our total loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2013 represented mortgage loans that were collateralized by residential first mortgages on single-family residences and were eligible for sale. Our revenue primarily consists of net gain on loan sales, loan fees and charges, net loan administration income, and interest income from residential first mortgage loans held-for-investment and held-for-sale, and second mortgage loans held-for-investment. We originate residential first mortgage loans through our wholesale relationships with over 1,600 mortgage brokers and over 1,100 correspondents, which are located in all 50 states and serviced by 135 account executives. We also operate 41 home lending centers located in 19 states, which primarily originate one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans as part of our Mortgage Banking segment. These loan origination centers employ approximately 187 loan officers. We also originate mortgage loans through referrals from our banking centers, consumer direct call center and our website, www.flagstar.com. The combination of our home lending, broker and correspondent channels gives us broad access to customers across diverse geographies to originate, fulfill, sell and service our residential first mortgage loan products. Our servicing activities primarily include collecting cash for principal, interest and escrow payments from borrowers, assisting homeowners through loss mitigation activities, and accounting for and remitting principal and interest payments to investors and escrow payments to third parties.

Our business also includes the activities conducted through our Community Banking segment, in which our revenue includes net interest income and fee-based income from community banking services. At March 31, 2013, we operated 111 banking centers (of which 11 are located in retail stores), all of which are located in Michigan. Of the 111 banking centers, 67 facilities are owned and 44 facilities are leased. Through our banking centers, we gather deposits and offer a line of consumer and commercial financial products and services to individuals and businesses. We provide deposit and cash management services to governmental units on a relationship basis. We leverage our banking centers to cross-sell loan and deposit products to existing customers and to increase our customer base by attracting new customers. At March 31, 2013, we had a total of $7.8 billion in deposits, including $6.2 billion in retail deposits, $0.8 billion in company controlled deposits, $0.8 billion in government deposits, and $0.1 billion in wholesale deposits.

At March 31, 2013, we had 3,778 full-time equivalent salaried employees of which 322 were account executives and loan officers.

60

Table of Contents

Operating Segments

Our business is comprised of two primary operating segments - Community Banking and Mortgage Banking. Our Community Banking segment currently offers a line of financial products and services to individuals, small and middle market businesses, and mortgage lenders. Our Mortgage Banking segment originates, acquires, sells and services residential first mortgage loans on one-to-four family residences. In addition to the two primary segments, we also have an Other segment which includes corporate treasury, tax benefits not assigned to specific operating segments, and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Each operating segment supports and complements the operations of the other. For example, funding for the Mortgage Banking segment is primarily provided by deposits obtained through the Community Banking segment. Financial information regarding the three operating segments is set forth in Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein. A more detailed discussion of the three operating segments is set forth below.

Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment consists primarily of four groups: Branch Banking, Commercial and Business Banking, Government Banking, and Warehouse Lending. Our Community Banking segment's two strategic responsibilities are providing a stable funding source for the Mortgage Banking segment and operating as a standalone, profitable line of business. The groups within the Community Banking segment originate consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse loans, gather consumer, business and governmental deposits, and offer liquidity management products. The liquidity management products include customized treasury management solutions, equipment and technology leasing, international services, capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products, foreign exchange hedging, and trading of securities. At March 31, 2013, Branch Banking included 111 banking centers located throughout Michigan. Commercial and Business Banking includes relationship and portfolio managers throughout Michigan's major markets. Government Banking provides deposit and cash management services to all sizes of government units and school districts on a relationship basis throughout Michigan and, to a much lesser degree, Georgia. We intend to exit our Government Banking operations in Georgia during 2013. Warehouse Lending offers lines of credit to other mortgage lenders, allowing those lenders to fund the closing of residential first mortgage loans.

Our Community Banking segment intends to achieve its strategic objective of becoming a standalone, profitable line of business through implementation of a number of important initiatives, including strengthening the leadership team, enhancing the sales process, improving operating efficiencies, and developing a streamlined account opening strategy. Branch Banking intends to continue optimizing its network of offices through strategic growth and relocations. Commercial and Business Banking intends to continue its focus on acquiring new customer relationships throughout Michigan, and Government Banking anticipates acquiring new and expanding existing relationships through a focus on checking accounts and treasury services.

Our Community Banking segment's mission is to build strong and lasting relationships with customers, and such relationships are intended to include the delivery of multiple financial products and services. Regardless of whether customers are first introduced to us through a deposit account, mortgage loan, or other product, the Community Banking segment's focus is to strengthen those relationships by meeting multiple additional financial needs. Our Community Banking segment also cross-sells primary products, such as checking accounts, savings accounts, investment products, and consumer loans, to new and existing customers. Historically, these efforts contributed to incrementally higher relationship profitability and improved customer retention.
    
Commercial loans held-for-investment. Our Commercial and Business Banking group includes relationship and portfolio managers throughout Michigan's major markets. Our commercial loans held-for-investment totaled $676.4 million at March 31, 2013 and $737.2 million at December 31, 2012, and consists of three loan types: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and commercial lease financing, each of which is discussed in more detail below. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we originated $66.2 million in commercial loans. The following table identifies the commercial loan held-for-investment portfolio by loan type and selected criteria at March 31, 2013.

61

Table of Contents

Commercial Loans Held-for-Investment
March 31, 2013
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
Average Note Rate
Loan on Non-accrual Status
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
284,511

5.55
%
$
27,357

Adjustable rate
278,968

3.72
%
38,738

Total commercial real estate loans
563,479

 
$
66,095

Net deferred fees and other
(563
)
 
 
Total commercial real estate loans
$
562,916

 
 
Commercial and industrial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
47,904

3.09
%
$

Adjustable rate
60,131

3.02
%
40

Total commercial and industrial loans
108,035

 
$
40

Net deferred fees and other
(347
)
 
 
Total commercial and industrial loans
$
107,688

 
 
Commercial lease financing loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
5,073

6.20
%
$

Net deferred fees and other
742

 
 
Total commercial lease financing loans
$
5,815

 
 
Total commercial loans:
 
 
Fixed rate
$
337,488

5.21
%
$
27,357

Adjustable rate
339,099

3.60
%
38,778

Total commercial and industrial loans
676,587

 
$
66,135

Net deferred fees and other
(168
)
 
 
Total commercial and industrial loans
$
676,419

 
 
(1)     Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.

At March 31, 2013, our commercial real estate loans held-for-investment totaled $562.9 million, or 11.9 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio, our commercial and industrial held-for-investment loan portfolio was $107.7 million, or 2.3 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio, and our commercial lease financing loans held-for-investment totaled $5.8 million, or 0.1 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio. At December 31, 2012, our commercial real estate held-for-investment loan portfolio totaled $640.3 million, or 11.8 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio, our commercial and industrial held-for-investment loan portfolio was $90.6 million, or 1.7 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio, and our commercial lease financing held-for-investment loans totaled $6.3 million, or 0.1 percent of our held-for-investment loan portfolio.

The following table sets forth the unpaid principal balance of our commercial loan held-for-investment portfolio at March 31, 2013 by year of origination.  
Year of Origination
2009 and
Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial real estate
$
412,560

 
$
12,401

 
$
29,907

 
$
76,434

 
$
32,177

 
$
563,479

Commercial and industrial
1,392

 
675

 
37,161

 
43,194

 
25,613

 
108,035

Commercial lease financing

 

 
5,073

 

 

 
5,073

Total
$
413,952

 
$
13,076

 
$
72,141

 
$
119,628

 
$
57,790

 
$
676,587


The average loan balance in our total commercial held-for-investment loan portfolio was approximately $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, with the largest loan being $39.7 million. There are approximately 25 loans with more than $5.3 million of exposure and those loans comprised approximately $243.4 million, or 36.0 percent, of the total commercial held-for-investment loan portfolio.


62

Table of Contents

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate held-for-investment loan portfolio is comprised of loans that are collateralized by real estate properties intended to be income-producing in the normal course of business and consists of commercial real estate loans originated prior to 2011, including commercial real estate loans refinanced during 2009 and 2010 and commercial real estate loans originated during 2011 and after.

The following table discloses our total unpaid principal balance of commercial real estate held-for-investment loans by geographic concentration at March 31, 2013.
 
March 31, 2013
State
Percent
 
Amount (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Michigan
65.1
%
 
$
366,490

Indiana
7.7
%
 
43,547

Virginia
5.4
%
 
30,524

Georgia
5.2
%
 
29,372

Florida
2.5
%
 
14,272

California
2.5
%
 
13,853

Other
11.6
%
 
65,421

Total
100.0
%
 
$
563,479

(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.

In early 2008, we ceased the origination of commercial real estate loans and allowed the amortization of our remaining commercial real estate portfolio. For the management of such loans, we replaced the previous commercial real estate management and loan officers with experienced workout officers and relationship managers. In addition, we prepared a comprehensive review, including customized workout plans for all classified loans, and risk assessments were prepared on a loan level basis for the entire commercial real estate portfolio. Such loans are managed by our special assets group, whose primary objectives are working out troubled loans, reducing classified assets and taking pro-active steps to prevent deterioration in performance. We expect to retain a portion of these loans in our loans held-for-investment portfolio while continuing to dispose of the remainder through workouts, charge offs and payoffs.

In February 2011, we began originating commercial real estate loans under enhanced underwriting guidelines to establish commercial banking relationships and provide cross-sell opportunities. Management expects to continue to originate such loans with a focused concentration on the Michigan market.
    
Commercial and industrial loans. Commercial and industrial held-for-investment loan facilities typically include lines of credit to our small or middle market businesses for use in normal business operations to finance working capital needs, equipment purchases and expansion projects.

Commercial lease financing loans. Our commercial lease financing held-for-investment loan portfolio is comprised of equipment leased to customers in a direct financing lease. The net investment in financing leases includes the aggregate amount of lease payments to be received and the estimated residual values of the equipment, less unearned income. Income from lease financing is recognized over the lives of the leases on an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered investment. The residual value represents the estimated fair value of the leased asset at the end of the lease term. Unguaranteed residual values of leased assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. If any declines in residual values are determined to be other-than-temporary they will be recognized in earnings in the period such determinations are made.
    
Warehouse lending. We also continue to offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders. These allow the lender to fund the closing of residential first mortgage loans. Each extension or drawdown on the line is collateralized by the residential first mortgage loan being funded. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we subsequently acquired approximately 81.9 percent of residential first mortgage loans funded through the warehouse lines. Underlying mortgage loans are predominately originated using GSE underwriting standards. These lines of credit are, in most cases, personally guaranteed by one or more principal officers of the borrower. The aggregate committed amount of adjustable rate warehouse lines of credit granted to other mortgage lenders at March 31, 2013 was $2.3 billion, of which $0.8 billion was outstanding and bearing an average interest rate of 5.3 percent, compared to $2.3 billion committed at December 31, 2012, of which $1.3 billion was outstanding with an average interest rate of 5.4 percent. The levels of outstanding balances of such warehouse lines are generally correlated to the level of our overall production levels because many of our correspondents (from whom we purchase mortgage loans) are also warehouse lending customers. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, our warehouse lines funded approximately 58 percent of the

63

Table of Contents

loans in our correspondent channel, as compared to approximately 68 percent during the three months ended December 31, 2012. There were 299 warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders with an average size of $7.7 million at March 31, 2013, compared to 311 warehouse lines of credit with an average size of $7.5 million at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 we had no warehouse lines on non-accrual status.

Mortgage Banking

Our Mortgage Banking segment originates, acquires, sells and services one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans. The origination or acquisition of residential first mortgage loans held-for-sale constitutes our most significant lending activity.

During 2012 and continuing into 2013, we remained one of the country's leading mortgage loan originators. We utilize three production channels to originate or acquire mortgage loans: home lending centers (also referred to as "retail"), as well as brokers and correspondents (also collectively referred to as "wholesale"). Each production channel produces similar mortgage loan products and applies the same underwriting standards. We expect to continue to leverage technology to streamline the mortgage origination process and bring service and convenience to brokers and correspondents. Sales support offices are maintained that assist brokers and correspondents nationwide. We also continue to make increasing use of the Internet as a tool to facilitate the mortgage loan origination process through each of our production channels. Brokers and correspondents are able to register and lock loans, check the status of inventory, deliver documents in electronic format, generate closing documents, and request funds through the Internet. Most mortgage loans that closed in 2012 and continuing into 2013 utilized the Internet in the completion of the mortgage origination or acquisition process.

Home Lending Centers.  In a home lending center transaction, loans are originated through a nationwide network of our stand-alone loan origination centers, as well as referrals from our Banking segment and the national call center. When loans are originated on a retail basis, the origination documentation is completed internally inclusive of customer disclosures and other aspects of the lending process and the funding of the transactions. At March 31, 2013 we maintained 41 loan origination centers. At the same time, our centralized loan processing gained efficiencies and allowed lending sales staff to focus on originations.
    
Broker.  In a broker transaction, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage brokerage company completes the loan paperwork, but the loans are underwritten on a loan-level basis to our underwriting standards and we supply the funding for the loan at closing (also known as "table funding") thereby becoming the lender of record. Currently, we have active broker relationships with over 1,600 banks, credit unions, and mortgage brokerage companies located in all 50 states.

Correspondent.  In a correspondent transaction, an unaffiliated bank or mortgage company completes the loan paperwork and also supplies the funding for the loan at closing. After the bank or mortgage company has funded the transaction, we purchase the loan at a market price. We do not acquire loans from correspondents on a bulk basis without prior review. Instead, we perform a full review of each loan, purchasing only those that were originated in accordance with our underwriting guidelines. We have active correspondent relationships with over 1,100 companies, including banks, credit unions, and mortgage companies located in all 50 states.

64

Table of Contents

The following tables disclose residential first mortgage loan originations by channel, type and mix for each respective period.
 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Home Lending Centers
$
697,340

 
$
998,804

 
$
961,591

 
$
751,075

 
$
729,369

Broker
3,201,371

 
4,524,775

 
4,117,742

 
3,156,949

 
2,909,446

Correspondent
8,524,540

 
9,833,218

 
9,434,287

 
8,638,977

 
7,530,594

Total
$
12,423,251

 
$
15,356,797

 
$
14,513,620

 
$
12,547,001

 
$
11,169,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase originations
$
2,339,269

 
$
2,915,724

 
$
3,267,788

 
$
3,324,501

 
$
2,188,508

Refinance originations
10,083,982

 
12,441,073

 
11,245,832

 
9,222,500

 
8,980,901

Total
$
12,423,251

 
$
15,356,797

 
$
14,513,620

 
$
12,547,001

 
$
11,169,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Conventional
$
8,591,784

 
$
10,427,131

 
$
10,020,863

 
$
8,762,268

 
$
7,859,960

Government
2,799,000

 
3,363,134

 
3,178,563

 
3,085,247

 
2,611,691

Jumbo
1,032,467

 
1,566,532

 
1,314,194

 
699.486

 
694,758

Total
$
12,423,251

 
$
15,356,797

 
$
14,513,620

 
$
12,547,001

 
$
11,166,409


Underwriting

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we primarily originated residential first mortgage loans for sale to the GSEs, each of which has its particular underwriting guidelines.
    
Residential first mortgage loans

At March 31, 2013, most of our held-for-investment residential first mortgage loans had been originated in 2008 or prior years with underwriting criteria that varied by product and with the standards in place at the time of origination. Loans originated after 2008 are loans that generally satisfy specific criteria for sale into securitization pools insured by the GSEs or were repurchased from the GSEs subsequent to such sales.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the residential first mortgage loans in our held-for-investment portfolio at March 31, 2013, by year of origination. 
Year of Origination
2009 and Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
2,835,002

 
$
31,714

 
$
53,103

 
$
38,084

 
$
5,941

 
$
2,963,844

Average note rate
4.04
%
 
4.65
%
 
4.46
%
 
3.83
%
 
3.80
%
 
4.05
%
Average original FICO score
712

 
719

 
737

 
748

 
754

 
712

Average current FICO score (2)
697

 
723

 
744

 
752

 
750

 
699

Average original LTV ratio
76.0
%
 
76.3
%
 
77.5
%
 
73.1
%
 
72.6
%
 
76.0
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
91.6
%
 
76.6
%
 
75.2
%
 
69.7
%
 
72.4
%
 
91.0
%
Underwritten with low or stated income documentation
37.0
%
 
%
 
1.0
%
 
%
 
%
 
35.0
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2013
(3)
The housing price index ("HPI") LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight ("OFHEO") data as of December 31, 2012.

Average original loan-to-value ("LTV") represents the loan balance at origination, as a percentage of the original appraised value of the property. LTVs are refreshed quarterly based on estimates of home prices using the most current OFHEO data, and reflect the modest recovery in home prices over the past 18 months.

65

Table of Contents

Residential first mortgage loans are underwritten on a loan-by-loan basis rather than on a pool basis. Generally, residential first mortgage loans in the held-for-investment loan portfolio were initially reviewed by one of our in-house loan underwriters or by a contract underwriter. In all cases, loans must be underwritten to our underwriting standards.

Our current criteria for underwriting generally includes, but are not limited to, full documentation of borrower income and other relevant financial information, fully indexed rate consideration for variable rate loans, and for GSE loans, the specific GSEs eligible LTV ratios with full appraisals when required. Variances from any of these standards are permitted only to the extent allowable under the specific program requirements. These specific program requirements include the ability to originate loans with less than full documentation and variable rate loans with an initial interest rate less than the fully indexed rate. Mortgage loans are collateralized by a first or second mortgage on a one-to-four family residential property.

In general, loans originated in 2008 and prior, the loans with a balance under $1,000,000 require a valid GSE automated underwriting system ("AUS") response for approval consideration. Documentation and ratio guidelines are driven by the AUS response. A FICO credit score for the borrower is required and a full appraisal of the underlying property that serve as collateral is obtained.

For loan balances over $1,000,000, traditional manual underwriting documentation and ratio requirements are required as are two years plus year to date of income documentation and two months of bank statements. Income documentation based solely on a borrower's statement was an available underwriting option for each loan category. Even so, in these cases employment of the borrower was verified under the vast majority of loan programs, and income levels were typically checked against third party sources to confirm validity.

We believe that our underwriting process, which relies on the electronic submission of data and images and is based on an imaging workflow process, allows for underwriting at a higher level of accuracy and with more timeliness than exists with processes that rely on paper submissions. We also provide our underwriters with integrated quality control tools, such as automated valuation models, multiple fraud detection engines and the ability to electronically submit IRS Form 4506 to ensure underwriters have the information that they need to make informed decisions. The process begins with the submission of an electronic application and an initial determination of eligibility. The application and required documents are then uploaded to our corporate underwriting department and all documents are identified by optical character recognition or our underwriting staff. The underwriter is responsible for checking the data integrity and reviewing credit. The file is then reviewed in accordance with the applicable guidelines established by us for the particular product. Quality control checks are performed by the underwriting department using the tools outlined above, as necessary, and a decision is then made and communicated to the prospective borrower.


66

Table of Contents

The following table identifies our held-for-investment mortgages by major category, at March 31, 2013. Loans categorized as subprime were initially originated for sale and comprised only 0.1 percent of the portfolio of first lien mortgage loans.
March 31, 2013
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
Average Note Rate
 
Average Original FICO Score
 
Average Current FICO Score (2)
 
Weighted Average Maturity (months)
 
Average Original LTV Ratio
 
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortizing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
$
157,025

 
3.49
%
 
688

 
689

 
262

 
81.3
%
 
84.7
%
5/1 ARM
383,989

 
3.70
%
 
718

 
722

 
278

 
74.0
%
 
79.5
%
7/1 ARM
31,321

 
4.30
%
 
732

 
744

 
304

 
73.2
%
 
73.4
%
Other ARM
52,933

 
3.25
%
 
678

 
685

 
252

 
82.2
%
 
79.8
%
Fixed mortgage loans (4)
1,092,624

 
4.35
%
 
702

 
660

 
336

 
77.5
%
 
96.1
%
Total amortizing
1,717,892

 
4.09
%
 
704

 
700

 
313

 
77.6
%
 
86.8
%
Interest only
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
193,614

 
3.64
%
 
721

 
717

 
269

 
74.4
%
 
89.0
%
5/1 ARM
753,714

 
3.48
%
 
724

 
732

 
270

 
75.0
%
 
89.4
%
7/1 ARM
46,656

 
6.26
%
 
733

 
724

 
292

 
74.2
%
 
99.4
%
Other ARM
41,858

 
3.50
%
 
726

 
721

 
272

 
75.9
%
 
94.8
%
Other interest only
164,074

 
6.35
%
 
724

 
714

 
292

 
73.9
%
 
100.4
%
Total interest only
1,199,916

 
4.01
%
 
724

 
722

 
274

 
74.6
%
 
91.5
%
Option ARMs
42,774

 
3.27
%
 
717

 
704

 
306

 
69.5
%
 
101.7
%
Subprime (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/1 ARM
49

 
10.30
%
 
685

 
701

 
271

 
95.0
%
 
71.7
%
Other ARM
506

 
9.50
%
 
624

 
641

 
289

 
72.9
%
 
86.0
%
Other subprime
2,707

 
8.37
%
 
594

 
661

 
290

 
72.6
%
 
100.0
%
Total subprime
$
3,262

 
8.57
%
 
620

 
668

 
290

 
80.1
%
 
97.4
%
Total residential first mortgage loans
$
2,963,844

 
4.05
%
 
712

 
699

 
297

 
76.0
%
 
91.0
%
Second mortgage loans (6)
$
112,367

 
7.59
%
 
732

 
732

 
133

 
20.7
%
 
23.3
%
HELOC loans (6)
$
160,632

 
5.11
%
 
735

 
735

 
44

 
26.9
%
 
28.6
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2013.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012.
(4)
Includes substantially fixed rate mortgage loans.
(5)
Subprime loans are defined in accordance with the FDIC's assessment regulations definitions for subprime loans, which includes loans with FICO scores below 620 or similar characteristics.
(6)
Reflects lower LTV only as to second liens because information regarding the first liens is not available.     
    

67

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth characteristics of those loans in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio as of March 31, 2013 that were originated with less documentation than is now required by the GSEs. Loans as to which underwriting information was accepted from a borrower without validating that particular item of information are referred to as "low doc" or "stated." Substantially all of those loans were underwritten with verification of employment but with the related job income or personal assets, or both, stated by the borrower without verification of actual amount. Those loans may have additional elements of risk because information provided by the borrower in connection with the loan was limited. Loans as to which underwriting information was supported by third party documentation or procedures are referred to as "full doc," and the information therein is referred to as "verified." Also set forth are different types of loans that may have a higher risk of non-collection than other loans.
 
Low Doc
March 31, 2013
% of Held-for-Investment loans
 
% of Residential First Mortgage loans
 
Unpaid Principal Balance (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Characteristics
 
 
 
 
 
SISA (stated income, stated asset)
2.08
%
 
3.35
%
 
$
99,216

SIVA (stated income, verified assets)
12.95
%
 
20.63
%
 
610,401

High LTV (i.e., at or above 95% at origination)
0.18
%
 
0.28
%
 
8,347

Second lien products (HELOCs, second mortgages)
1.63
%
 
2.60
%
 
76,975

Loan types
 
 
 
 
 
Option ARM loans
0.54
%
 
0.86
%
 
25,423

Interest-only loans
9.25
%
 
14.74
%
 
435,987

Subprime (2)
0.04
%
 
0.06
%
 
1,832

(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Subprime loans are defined in accordance with the FDIC's assessment regulations definitions for subprime loans, which includes loans with FICO scores below 620 or similar characteristics.

Adjustable-rate mortgage loans.  Adjustable rate mortgage ("ARM") loans held-for-investment were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework, and the debt-to-income ratio guidelines and documentation typically followed the AUS guidelines. Our underwriting guidelines were designed with the intent to minimize layered risk. The maximum ratios allowable for purposes of both the LTV ratio and the combined loan-to-value ("CLTV") ratio, which includes second mortgages on the same collateral, was 100 percent, but subordinate (i.e., second mortgage) financing was not allowed over a 90 percent LTV ratio. At a 100 percent LTV ratio with private mortgage insurance, the minimum acceptable FICO score, or the "floor," was 700, and at lower LTV ratio levels, the FICO floor was 620. All occupancy and specific-purpose loan types were allowed at lower LTVs. At times ARMs were underwritten at an initial rate, also known as the "start rate," that was lower than the fully indexed rate but only for loans with lower LTV ratios and higher FICO scores. Other ARMs were either underwritten at the note rate if the initial fixed term was two years or greater, or at the note rate plus two percentage points if the initial fixed rate term was six months to one year.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of our ARM loans in our residential first mortgage held-for-investment loan portfolio at March 31, 2013, by year of origination. 
Year of Origination
2009 and Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
1,650,291

 
$
9,057

 
$
19,766

 
$
21,171

 
$
4,154

 
$
1,704,439

Average note rate
3.62
%
 
4.15
%
 
4.18
%
 
3.76
%
 
3.76
%
 
3.63
%
Average original FICO score
717

 
735

 
744

 
765

 
757

 
718

Average current FICO score (2)
720

 
752

 
757

 
765

 
752

 
721

Average original LTV ratio
75.4
%
 
71.6
%
 
73.3
%
 
64.9
%
 
72.0
%
 
75.2
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
87.5
%
 
72.4
%
 
70.3
%
 
63.0
%
 
71.9
%
 
86.8
%
Underwritten with low or stated income documentation
35.0
%
 
%
 
1.0
%
 
%
 
%
 
34.0
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the current quarter.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012.

68

Table of Contents

Option ARMs. We previously offered option ARMs, which are adjustable rate mortgage loans that permit a borrower to select one of three monthly payment options when the loan is first originated: (i) a principal and interest payment that would fully repay the loan over its stated term, (ii) an interest-only payment that would require the borrower to pay only the interest due each month but would have a period (usually 10 years) after which the entire amount of the loan would need to be repaid or refinanced, and (iii) a minimum payment amount selected by the borrower and which might exclude principal and some interest, with the unpaid interest added to the balance of the loan (i.e., a process known as "negative amortization").

Set forth below is a table describing specific characteristics of option ARMs in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2013, which were originated in 2008 or prior.
Year of Origination
2008 and Prior
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
42,774

Average note rate
3.27
%
Average original FICO score
717

Average current FICO score (2)
704

Average original LTV ratio
69.5
%
Average original CLTV ratio
76.2
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
101.7
%
Underwritten with low or stated income documentation
$
25,423

Total principal balance with any accumulated negative amortization
$
26,875

Percentage of total ARMS with any accumulated negative amortization
1.6
%
Amount of net negative amortization (i.e., deferred interest) accumulated as interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2013
$
2,553

(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2013.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012.

Set forth below are the accumulated amounts of interest income arising from the net negative amortization portion of loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.  
 
Unpaid Principal Balance of Loans in Negative Amortization At Year-End (1)
 
Amount of Net Negative
Amortization Accumulated as
Interest Income During Period
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2013
$
26,875

 
$
2,553

2012
$
54,898

 
$
5,340

2011
$
83,497

 
$
7,655

(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.

Set forth below are the frequencies at which the interest rate on ARM loans outstanding at March 31, 2013, will reset.
Reset frequency
# of Loans
 
Balance
 
% of the Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Monthly
114

 
$
22,598

 
1.3
%
Semi-annually
3,255

 
1,008,701

 
59.2
%
Annually
2,734

 
413,027

 
24.2
%
No reset — non-performing loans
1,066

 
260,113

 
15.3
%
Total
7,169

 
$
1,704,439

 
100.0
%
    

69

Table of Contents

Set forth below as of March 31, 2013, are the amounts of the ARM loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio with interest rate reset dates in the periods noted. As noted in the above table, loans may reset more than once over a three-year period and non-performing loans do not reset while in the non-performing status. Accordingly, the table below may include the same loans in more than one period.
 
1st Quarter
 
2nd Quarter
 
3rd Quarter
 
4th Quarter
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2013 (1)
N/A

 
$
581,564

 
$
604,162

 
$
600,171

2014
603,086

 
637,285

 
650,367

 
626,061

2015
644,289

 
659,604

 
677,726

 
648,633

Later years (2)
672,583

 
675,902

 
705,392

 
672,508

(1)
Reflect loans that have reset through March 31, 2013
(2)
Later years reflect one reset period per loan.

Interest only mortgages. We offered adjustable rate, fixed term loans with 10-year, interest only options. These loans were originated using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines as a base framework. We generally applied the debt-to-income ratio guidelines and documentation using the automated underwriting Approve/Reject response requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the interest only mortgage loans at the dates indicated in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2013, by year of origination.
Year of Origination
2009 and Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1) (2)
$
1,198,971

 
$
945

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,199,916

Average note rate
4.00
%
 
5.16
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
4.01
%
Average original FICO score
724

 
688

 

 

 

 
722

Average current FICO score (3)
726

 
719

 

 

 

 
726

Average original LTV ratio
74.6
%
 
57.5
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
74.6
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (4)
91.5
%
 
58.6
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
91.5
%
Underwritten with low or stated income documentation
36.0
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
%
 
36.0
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Interest only loans placed in portfolio in 2010 comprise loans that were initially originated for sale. There are two loans in this population.
(3)
Current FICO scores obtained at various times during the three months ended March 31, 2013.
(4)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012.

Set forth below is a table describing the amortization date and payment shock of current interest only mortgage loans at the dates indicated in our held-for-investment mortgage portfolio at March 31, 2013.
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
Thereafter
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
21,756

 
$
322,282

 
$
393,257

 
$
70,084

 
$
331,764

 
$
13,372

 
$
1,152,515

Weighted average rate
3.62
%
 
3.59
%
 
3.55
%
 
3.76
%
 
4.83
%
 
5.45
%
 
3.85
%
Average original monthly payment per loan (dollars)
$
1,295

 
$
1,368

 
$
1,404

 
$
1,705

 
$
2,722

 
$
1,923

 
$
1,674

Average current monthly payment per loan (dollars)
$
919

 
$
939

 
$
836

 
$
1,066

 
$
2,117

 
$
1,683

 
$
1,144

Average amortizing payment per loan (dollars)
$
1,687

 
$
2,158

 
$
1,615

 
$
1,845

 
$
3,197

 
$
2,126

 
$
2,108

Loan count
75

 
1,039

 
1,416

 
228

 
679

 
42

 
3,479

Payment shock (dollars)
$
768

 
$
1,219

 
$
779

 
$
779

 
$
1,079

 
$
443

 
$
965

Payment shock (percent)
83.6
%
 
129.8
%
 
93.2
%
 
73.1
%
 
51.0
%
 
26.3
%
 
84.3
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.

70

Table of Contents


Second mortgage loans. The majority of second mortgages we originated were closed in conjunction with the closing of the residential first mortgages originated by us. We generally required the same levels of documentation and ratios as with our residential first mortgages. For second mortgages closed in conjunction with a residential first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our allowable debt-to-income ratios for approval of the second mortgages were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent. In the case of a loan closing in which full documentation was required and the loan was being used to acquire the borrower's primary residence, we allowed a CLTV ratio of up to 100 percent; for similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720, and fixed and adjustable rate loans were available with terms ranging from five to 20 years.

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the second mortgage loans in our held-for-investment portfolio at March 31, 2013, by year of origination.
Year of Origination
2009 and Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
111,545

 
$
365

 
$
46

 
$
299

 
$
112

 
$
112,367

Average note rate
7.61
%
 
6.86
%
 
7.00
%
 
4.29
%
 
5.2
%
 
7.59
%
Average original FICO score
732

 
692

 
664

 
763

 
757

 
732

Average original LTV ratio (2)
20.7
%
 
14.4
%
 
17.6
%
 
21.0
%
 
14.7
%
 
20.7
%
Average original CLTV ratio
66.0
%
 
29.5
%
 
94.3
%
 
24.7
%
 
14.7
%
 
66.0
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
23.3
%
 
13.7
%
 
15.7
%
 
17.0
%
 
14.7
%
 
23.3
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Reflects lower LTV only as to second liens because information regarding the first liens is not available.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012.

Home Equity Line of Credit ("HELOC") loans. We originated HELOC loans from 2002 to mid-2009. The majority of these HELOC loans were closed in conjunction with the closing of related first mortgage loans originated and serviced by us. Documentation requirements for HELOC applications were generally the same as those required of borrowers for the first mortgage loans originated by us, and debt-to-income ratios were capped at 50 percent. For HELOCs closed in conjunction with the closing of a first mortgage loan that was not being originated by us, our debt-to-income ratio requirements were capped at 40 percent to 45 percent and the LTV was capped at 80 percent. The qualifying payment varied over time and included terms such as either 0.75 percent of the line amount or the interest only payment due on the full line based on the current rate plus 0.5 percent. HELOCs were available in conjunction with primary residence transactions that required full documentation, and the borrower was allowed a CLTV ratio of up to 100 percent. For similar loans that also contained higher risk elements, we limited the maximum CLTV to 90 percent. FICO floors ranged from 620 to 720. The HELOC terms called for monthly interest only payments with a balloon principal payment due at the end of 10 years. At times, initial teaser rates were offered for the first three months.

HELOC loan originations were re-launched in June 2011 as a banking center originated portfolio product. Current HELOC guidelines and pricing parameters have been established to attract high credit quality loans with long term profitability. The minimum FICO is 680, maximum CLTV is 80 percent, and the maximum debt-to-income ratio is 45 percent.

71

Table of Contents

Set forth below is a table describing the characteristics of the HELOCs in our held-for-investment portfolio at March 31, 2013, by year of origination.
Year of Origination
2009 and Prior
 
2010
 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
Total / Weighted Average
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Unpaid principal balance (1)
$
145,044

 
$

 
$
2,038

 
$
10,808

 
$
2,742

 
$
160,632

Average note rate (2)
5.25
%
 
%
 
3.89
%
 
3.78
%
 
4.05
%
 
5.11
%
Average original FICO score
733

 

 
754

 
764

 
736

 
735

Average original LTV ratio
25.0
%
 
%
 
41.9
%
 
45.9
%
 
39.2
%
 
26.9
%
Housing Price Index LTV, as recalculated (3)
27.9
%
 
%
 
32.7
%
 
36.6
%
 
31.0
%
 
28.6
%
(1)
Unpaid principal balance does not include premiums or discounts.
(2)
Average note rate reflects the rate that is currently in effect. As these loans adjust on a monthly basis, the average note rate could increase, but would not decrease, as currently the minimum rate on virtually all of the loans is in effect.
(3)
The HPI LTV is updated from the original LTV based on Metropolitan Statistical Area-level OFHEO data as of December 31, 2012. Reflects lower LTV because these are second liens and information regarding the first lien is not available.     


72

Table of Contents

Summary of Operations

Our net income applicable to common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was $22.2 million ($0.33 per diluted share), compared to a loss of $(8.7) million loss ($(0.22) per diluted share) for the three months ended March 31, 2012. All per share amounts and share counts have been adjusted to reflect the one-for-ten reverse stock split which began trading on a post-split basis on October 11, 2012 following receipt of stockholder approval at our annual meeting of stockholders. The increase during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, was affected by the following factors:

Provision for loan losses decreased by $94.3 million from the three months ended March 31, 2012, to $20.4 million, primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012, lower quarterly loss rates and a decrease in loan held-for-investments;

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate decreased $43.1 million to $17.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $60.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, which primarily included the first quarter 2012 refinements in the estimation process;

Net gain on loan sales decreased $67.3 million from the three months ended March 31, 2013, to $137.5 million, primarily due to lower residential first mortgage rate lock commitments and a lower base gain on sale margin;

Net interest income decreased by $19.1 million to $55.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to lower average balances of residential first mortgage loans held-for-sale and warehouse and residential first mortgage loans held-for-investment, as well as a lower rate environment. Net interest margin decreased to 1.83 percent, as compared to 2.35 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012;

Net servicing revenue, which is the combination of net loan administration income (including the off-balance sheet hedges of MSRs) and the gain (loss) on trading securities, decreased by $12.5 million to $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to significant interest rate volatility in the market; and

Legal and professional expense increased $12.0 million to $28.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily due to an increase in consulting fees from our continuing efforts to address a changing regulatory and compliance environment.

See "Results of Operations" below.


73

Table of Contents

Selected Financial Ratios
(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Return on average assets
0.65
%
 
(0.25
)%
Return on average equity
7.55
%
 
(3.07
)%
Efficiency ratio
81.7
%
 
63.7
 %
Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted) (1)
69.8
%
 
42.6
 %
Equity/assets ratio (average for the period)
8.57
%
 
8.00
 %
Mortgage loans originated (2)
$
12,423,364

 
$
11,169,409

Other loans originated
$
74,739

 
$
271,445

Mortgage loans sold and securitized
$
12,822,879

 
$
10,829,798

Interest rate spread – bank only (3)
1.64
%
 
2.15
 %
Net interest margin – bank only (4)
1.89
%
 
2.41
 %
Interest rate spread – consolidated (3)
1.61
%
 
2.13
 %
Net interest margin – consolidated (4)
1.83
%
 
2.35
 %
Average common shares outstanding (5)
55,973,888

 
55,662,305

Average fully diluted shares outstanding (5)
56,415,057

 
55,662,305

Average interest earning assets
$
12,075,212

 
$
12,640,668

Average interest paying liabilities
$
10,338,644

 
$
10,994,258

Average stockholders' equity
$
1,173,982

 
$
1,136,618

Charge-offs to average investment loans
2.93
%
 
8.99
 %
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
Equity-to-assets ratio
9.04
%
 
8.23
%
 
7.74
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio (to adjusted total assets) (6)
10.14
%
 
9.26
%
 
8.64
%
Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk-weighted assets) (6)
22.53
%
 
17.18
%
 
16.06
%
Book value per common share (5) 
$
16.46

 
$
16.12

 
$
14.92

Number of common shares outstanding (5)
56,033,204

 
55,863,053

 
55,713,281

Mortgage loans serviced for others
$
73,933,296

 
$
76,821,222

 
$
68,207,554

Weighted average service fee (basis points)
29.3

 
29.2

 
28.7

Capitalized value of mortgage servicing rights
0.98
%
 
0.93
%
 
0.88
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans held-for-investment (7)
78.5
%
 
76.3
%
 
69.1
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held-for-investment (7)
6.11
%
 
5.61
%
 
4.22
%
Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets (bank only)
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.67
%
Number of banking centers
111

 
111

 
113

Number of loan origination centers
41

 
31

 
28

Number of employees (excluding loan officers and account executives)
3,456

 
3,328

 
2,970

Number of loan officers and account executives
322

 
334

 
311

(1)
See Non-GAAP reconciliation.
(2)
Includes residential first mortgage and second mortgage loans.
(3)
Interest rate spread is the difference between the annualized average yield earned on average interest-earning assets for the period and the annualized average rate of interest paid on average interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(4)
Net interest margin is the annualized effect of the net interest income divided by that period's average interest-earning assets.
(5)
Restated for a one-for-ten reverse stock split announced September 27, 2012 and trading began on October 11, 2012.
(6)
Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of tangible capital and core capital, and risk-weighted assets for purposes of risk-based capital and total risk-based capital. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.
(7)
Bank only and does not include non-performing loans held-for-sale.

74

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is primarily the dollar value of the average yield we earn on the average balances of our interest-earning assets, less the dollar value of the average cost of funds we incur on the average balances of our interest-bearing liabilities. Interest income recorded on loans is reduced by the amortization net premiums and net deferred loan origination costs.

We recognized $55.7 million in net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which represented a decrease of 25.5 percent, compared to $74.7 million reported for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The $19.1 million decrease for the three months ended March 31, 2013 is primarily due to a decrease in average yield on interest-earning assets and a decrease in average balances of loans held-for-investment. Net interest income represented 23.1 percent of our total revenue during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 25.2 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we closed on the sales of commercial loans that had an average balance for the three months ended March 31, 2013 of $622.2 million. The proceeds from the sales were invested in interest earning deposits, which only earn interest at a rate of 0.26 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2013, which contributed to the decrease in overall yield on interest-earning assets, as well as a lower interest rate environment.

Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased to $39.3 million, compared to $48.2 million for three months ended March 31, 2012. The average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 22 basis points from 1.76 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to 1.54 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 74 basis points, from 3.89 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to 3.15 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013. As a result, our interest rate spread was 1.61 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 2.13 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Our consolidated net interest margin for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was 1.83 percent, compared to 2.35 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The Bank had a net interest margin of 1.89 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to 2.41 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012.      


75

Table of Contents

The following table presents interest income from average earning assets, expressed in dollars and yields, and (on a consolidated basis, rather than on a Bank-only basis) interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed in dollars and rates. Interest income recorded on our loans is adjusted by the amortization of net premiums, net deferred loan origination costs and the amount of negative amortization (i.e., capitalized interest) arising from our option ARM loans. These adjustments to interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 resulted in a net reduction of $1.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Non-accruing loans are included in the average loans balance.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Annualized
Yield/
Rate
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
3,616,195

 
$
26,807

 
2.97
%
 
$
2,393,725

 
$
24,242

 
4.05
%
Loans repurchased with government guarantees
1,774,235

 
15,005

 
3.38
%
 
2,022,338

 
17,074

 
3.38
%
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
4,136,420

 
42,685

 
4.15
%
 
4,990,828

 
53,915

 
4.33
%
Commercial loans (1)
698,269

 
7,453

 
4.27
%
 
1,755,917

 
18,677

 
4.21
%
Loans held-for-investment
4,834,689

 
50,138

 
4.16
%
 
6,746,745

 
72,592

 
4.30
%
Securities classified as available-for-sale or trading
348,525

 
2,094

 
2.41
%
 
786,275

 
8,571

 
4.36
%
Interest-earning deposits and other
1,501,568

 
946

 
0.26
%
 
691,585

 
412

 
0.24
%
Total interest-earning assets
12,075,212

 
94,990

 
3.15
%
 
12,640,668

 
122,891

 
3.89
%
Other assets
1,617,359

 
 
 
 
 
1,566,508

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
13,692,571

 
 
 
 
 
$
14,207,176

 
 
 
 
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
388,466

 
$
239

 
0.25
%
 
$
346,542

 
$
221

 
0.26
%
Savings deposits 
2,316,859

 
4,280

 
0.75
%
 
1,610,197

 
3,305

 
0.83
%
Money market deposits
387,699

 
330

 
0.35
%
 
486,907

 
649

 
0.54
%
Certificates of deposit
2,931,558

 
6,507

 
0.90
%
 
3,084,884

 
10,330

 
1.35
%
Total retail deposits
6,024,582

 
11,356

 
0.76
%
 
5,528,530

 
14,505

 
1.06
%
Demand deposits
98,442

 
106

 
0.44
%
 
98,724

 
121

 
0.49
%
Savings deposits
308,811

 
357

 
0.47
%
 
270,601

 
386

 
0.57
%
Certificates of deposit
471,842

 
694

 
0.60
%
 
392,656

 
647

 
0.66
%
Total government deposits
879,095

 
1,157

 
0.53
%
 
761,981

 
1,154

 
0.61
%
Wholesale deposits
81,976

 
995

 
4.92
%
 
357,532

 
3,327

 
3.74
%
Total deposits
6,985,653

 
13,508

 
0.78
%
 
6,648,043

 
18,986

 
1.15
%
FHLB advances
3,105,556

 
24,161

 
3.16
%
 
4,097,630

 
27,394

 
2.69
%
Other
247,435

 
1,652

 
2.71
%
 
248,585

 
1,778

 
2.88
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
10,338,644

 
39,321

 
1.54
%
 
10,994,258

 
48,158

 
1.76
%
Other liabilities (2)
2,179,945

 
 
 
 
 
2,076,300

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
1,173,982

 
 
 
 
 
1,136,618

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
13,692,571

 
 
 
 
 
$
14,207,176

 
 
 
 
Net interest-earning assets
$
1,736,568

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,646,410

 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
$
55,669

 
 
 
 
 
$
74,733

 
 
Interest rate spread (3)
 
 
 
 
1.61
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.13
%
Net interest margin (4)
 
 
 
 
1.83
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.35
%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
 
 
 
 
116.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
115.0
%
(1)
Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
(2)
Includes company controlled deposits that arise due to the servicing of loans for others, which do not bear interest.
(3)
Interest rate spread is the difference between rates of interest earned on interest-earning assets and rates of interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

76

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following tables present the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that are presented in the preceding table. The table below distinguishes between the changes related to average outstanding balances (changes in volume while holding the initial rate constant) and the changes related to average interest rates (changes in average rates while holding the initial balance constant). Changes attributable to both a change in volume and a change in rates were included as changes in rate.  
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013 Versus 2012 Increase (Decrease)
Due to:
 
Rate
 
Volume
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held-for-sale
$
(9,816
)
 
$
12,381

 
$
2,565

Loans repurchased with government guarantees
26

 
(2,095
)
 
(2,069
)
Loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
(1,984
)
 
(9,246
)
 
(11,230
)
                Commercial loans (2)
(99
)
 
(11,125
)
 
(11,224
)
Total loans held-for-investment
(2,083
)
 
(20,371
)
 
(22,454
)
Securities available-for-sale or trading
(1,700
)
 
(4,777
)
 
(6,477
)
Interest-earning deposits and other
50

 
484

 
534

Total other interest-earning assets
$
(13,523
)
 
$
(14,378
)
 
$
(27,901
)
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
$
(9
)
 
$
27

 
$
18

Savings deposits
(483
)
 
1,458

 
975

Money market deposits
(186
)
 
(133
)
 
(319
)
Certificates of deposit
(3,307
)
 
(516
)
 
(3,823
)
Total retail deposits
(3,985
)
 
836

 
(3,149
)
Demand deposits
(15
)
 

 
(15
)
Savings deposits
(84
)
 
55

 
(29
)
Certificates of deposit
(85
)
 
132

 
47

Total government deposits
(184
)
 
187

 
3

Wholesale deposits
246

 
(2,578
)
 
(2,332
)
Total deposits
(3,923
)
 
(1,555
)
 
(5,478
)
FHLB advances
3,437

 
(6,670
)
 
(3,233
)
Other
(117
)
 
(9
)
 
(126
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
$
(603
)
 
$
(8,234
)
 
$
(8,837
)
Change in net interest income
$
(12,920
)
 
$
(6,144
)
 
$
(19,064
)
(1)
Consumer loans include residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans.
(2)
Commercial loans include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
 
 
 
 
 
 


77

Table of Contents

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision reflects our estimate to maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level to cover probable losses inherent in the portfolio for each of the respective periods.

The provision for loan losses was $20.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, a decrease from $114.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. Provision for loan losses decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012, lower quarterly loss rates and a decrease in loans held-for-investment balances.

Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 totaled $35.4 million, compared to $151.7 for the three months ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of the average loans held-for-investment, net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 decreased to 2.93 percent from 8.99 percent for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in the net charge-offs during the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012 from the write-off of all specific valuation allowances to conform with the OCC's application of regulatory guidance as the Bank transitioned to Call Report requirements for March 31, 2012. The impact of the refinements adopted during the first quarter of 2012 resulted in an increase to our allowance for loan loss of $59.0 million in the consumer portfolio and $11.0 million in the commercial portfolio.

See the section captioned "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses.

Non-Interest Income

The following table sets forth the components of our non-interest income. 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Loan fees and charges
$
33,360

 
$
29,973

Deposit fees and charges
5,146

 
4,923

Loan administration
20,356

 
38,885

Net gain (loss) on trading securities
51

 
(5,971
)
Loss on transferors’ interest
(174
)
 
(409
)
Net gain on loan sales
137,540

 
204,853

Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights
(4,219
)
 
(2,317
)
Net gain on securities available-for-sale

 
310

Net gain on sale of assets
958

 
27

Total other-than-temporary impairment gain

 
3,872

Loss recognized in other comprehensive income before taxes

 
(5,047
)
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings

 
(1,175
)
Representation and warranty reserve – change in estimate
(17,395
)
 
(60,538
)
Other fees and charges, net
9,320

 
12,816

Total non-interest income
$
184,943

 
$
221,377


Total non-interest income was $184.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013, which was a $36.5 million decrease from $221.4 million of non-interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease during the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to a decrease in net gain on loan sales and net loan administration income, both resulting from changing dynamics in the housing finance markets and interest rate environment, partially offset by a decrease in representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate.

Loan fees and charges. Our Community Banking and Mortgage Banking segments both earn loan origination fees and collect other charges in connection with originating residential first mortgages, commercial loans and other consumer loans. For

78

Table of Contents

the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded loan fees and charges of $33.4 million, an increase of $3.4 million from the $30.0 million recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in loan fees and charges during the three months ended March 31, 2013, is primarily due to an increase in loan production of $1.1 billion, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. Commercial loan origination fees are capitalized and added as an adjustment to the basis of the individual loans originated. These fees are accreted into income as an adjustment to the loan yield over the life of the loan or when the loan is sold. We account for substantially all residential first mortgage originations as held-for-sale using the fair value method and no longer apply deferral of non-refundable fees and costs to those loans.

Deposit fees and charges. Our banking operation collects deposit fees and other charges such as fees for non-sufficient funds checks, cashier check fees, ATM fees, overdraft protection, and other account fees for services we provide to our banking customers. Our total number of customer checking accounts increased 3.8 percent from approximately 106,000 on March 31, 2012 to 110,000 as of March 31, 2013.

Total deposit fees and charges increased during the three months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, due to the growth in personal and business checking accounts.

Loan administration. When our Mortgage Banking segment sells mortgage loans in the secondary market, it usually retains the right to continue to service these loans and earn a servicing fee, also referred to herein as loan administration income. Our MSRs are accounted for on the fair value method. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

The following table summarizes loan administration income. 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Servicing income on residential first mortgage servicing
 
 
 
Servicing fees, ancillary income and charges (1)
$
54,276

 
$
48,499

Fair value adjustments
(15,641
)
 
(6,927
)
Loss on hedging activity
(18,279
)
 
(2,687
)
Total loan administration (2)
$
20,356

 
$
38,885

(1)
Includes the servicing fees, ancillary income and charges on other consumer mortgage servicing.
(2)
Loan administration income does not reflect the impact of securities deployed as economic hedges of MSR assets. These positions, recorded as securities - trading, provided $0.1 million in gains during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $6.0 million in losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012. These positions, which are on the balance sheet, also contributed $0.1 million in interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $1.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012.     

The loan administration income decrease was due to unfavorable fair value adjustments to our MSRs and market volatility in our hedging activity, partially offset by increases in servicing fees, ancillary income and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing due to an increase in the average balance in the portfolio of loans serviced for others during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold servicing rights on a bulk basis associated with underlying mortgage loans totaling $10.7 billion. The total unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at March 31, 2013 was $73.9 billion, compared to $68.2 billion at March 31, 2012.

Gain (loss) on trading securities. Securities classified as trading are comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are distinguished from available-for-sale based upon the intent of management to use them as an economic hedge against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio, however, these do not qualify as an accounting hedge as defined in current accounting guidance for derivatives and hedges.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 we recorded a loss of $0.1 million on U.S. Treasury bonds held, all of which was related to an unrealized loss on U.S. Treasury bonds held at March 31, 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, we recorded a loss of $6.0 million all of which was related to an unrealized loss on U.S. Treasury bonds held at March 31, 2012.

Net gain on loan sales. Our Mortgage Banking segment records the transaction fee income it generates from the origination. The amount of net gain on loan sales recognized is a function of the volume of mortgage loans originated for sale and the fair value of these loans, net of related selling expenses. Net gain on loan sales is increased or decreased by any mark to

79

Table of Contents

market pricing adjustments on loan commitments and forward sales commitments, increases to the representation and warranty reserve related to loans sold during the period, and related administrative expenses. The volatility in the gain on sale spread is attributable to market pricing, which changes with demand and the general level of interest rates. Historically, pricing competition on mortgage loans is lower in periods of low or decreasing interest rates, due to higher consumer demand usually evidenced by higher loan origination levels, resulting in higher spreads on origination. Conversely, pricing competition increases when interest rates rise, which generally reduces consumer demand, thus decreasing spreads on origination and compressing gain on sale. Increases or decreases in competition may also arise as competitors enter and/or leave the loan origination market.

The following table provides information on our net gain on loan sales reported in our consolidated financial statements and loans sold within the period. 
 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Net gain on loan sales
$
137,540

 
$
238,953

 
$
344,426

 
$
212,666

 
$
204,853

Mortgage rate lock commitments (gross)
$
12,142,000

 
$
16,242,000

 
$
18,089,000

 
$
17,534,000

 
$
14,867,000

Loans sold or securitized
$
12,822,879

 
$
15,610,590

 
$
13,876,627

 
$
12,777,311

 
$
10,829,798

Net margin on loan sales
1.07
%
 
1.53
%
 
2.42
%
 
1.66
%
 
1.89
%
Mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout adjusted) (1)
$
9,848,417

 
$
12,587,980

 
$
13,972,922

 
$
13,346,568

 
$
10,725,618

Net margin on mortgage rate lock commitments (fallout adjusted) (1)
1.40
%
 
1.90
%
 
2.39
%
 
1.59
%
 
1.91
%
(1)
Fallout adjusted are mortgage rate lock commitments which are adjusted by a percentage of mortgage loans in the pipeline that are not expected to close based on previous historical experience and the level of interest rates.

Net gain on loan sales decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to a lower volume of mortgage rate lock commitments and a lower gain on sale margin, reflecting lower base production margin, as well as higher hedging costs, loan level pricing adjustments, and the impact from guarantee fee changes from the GSEs. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the mortgage rate-lock commitments on residential first mortgages of $12.1 billion decreased, compared to $14.9 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2012. Loan sales of $12.8 billion in loans for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased, compared to $10.8 billion sold during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in the mortgage rate lock commitments during the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 was reflective of lower volume in mortgage rate lock commitments, primarily due to an increase in mortgage interest rates, as well as increased competition in the mortgage market. The lower interest rates and attractive margins available in the third and fourth quarters of 2012 caused an increase in competitors and capacity in the mortgage origination market decreasing margins and origination volumes as rates rose early in the year.

The net gain on loan sale includes changes in amounts related to derivatives, lower of cost or market adjustments on loans transferred to held-for-investment and provisions to representation and warranty reserve. Changes in amounts related to loan commitments and forward sales commitments amounted to a loss of $39.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to a gain of $41.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The provision for representation and warranty reserve included in net gain on loan sales reflects our initial estimate of losses on probable mortgage repurchases arising from current loan sales and amounted to $5.8 million and $5.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
Net loss on sales of mortgage servicing rights. As part of our business model, our Mortgage Banking segment occasionally sells MSRs in transactions separate from the sale of the underlying loans. We carry our MSRs at fair value. Therefore, we would not expect to realize significant gains or losses at the time of the sale, because we recorded gains and losses on an ongoing basis as a change in the fair market value. Our income or loss on changes in the valuation of MSRs is recorded through our loan administration income. The gain or loss recognized is the transaction costs and the reserves on the sales completed during the period or adjustments to transaction costs or reserves from prior sales.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded losses on sales of MSRs of $4.2 million, compared to $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we sold on a bulk basis

80

Table of Contents

servicing rights with respect to $10.7 billion of underlying mortgage loans, and sold servicing rights with respect to $0.1 billion of mortgage loans when we sold the underlying loans on a servicing released basis. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we sold on a bulk basis servicing rights with respect to $2.4 billion of mortgage loans, and sold servicing rights with respect to $0.1 billion of mortgage loans when we sold the underlying loans on a servicing released basis.

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate. We maintain a representation and warranty reserve to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The representation and warranty reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments due to our change in estimate of expected losses from probable repurchase obligations related to loans sold in prior periods.

Estimating the balance of the representation and warranty reserve involves using assumptions regarding future repurchase request volumes, expected loss severity on these requests and claims appeal success rates. The assumptions used to estimate the representation and warranty reserve contain a level of uncertainty and risk that could have a material impact on the reserve balance if they differ from actual results. For instance, to illustrate the sensitivity, among other factors, of the reserve to adverse changes, if the expected levels of demands in the model assumptions increased or decreased by 20.0 percent at March 31, 2013, the result would be a $26.0 million increase or decrease in the representation and warranty reserve balance. If our loss severity rate increased or decreased by 20.0 percent at March 31, 2013, the result would be a $32.0 million increase or decrease in the representation and warranty reserve balance. In order to estimate the sensitivity of the representation and warranty reserve to a particular factor, the factors varied within the model while keeping the other variables constant. For example, when estimating the impact to the representation and warranty reserve due to a change in expected levels of demands, the level of expected demands for vintages within the model varied by the percentages, holding other factors constant.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded an expense of $17.4 million and a corresponding decrease in our representation and warranty reserve due to our change in estimate of expected losses from probable repurchase obligations related to loans sold in prior periods, compared to the $60.5 million expense recorded in the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease from the three months ended March 31, 2012 is primarily due to the first quarter 2012 refinements in the estimation process.
    
Other fees and charges. Other fees and charges include certain miscellaneous fees, including dividends received on FHLB stock.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded $2.7 million in dividends on an average outstanding balance of FHLB stock of $301.7 million, compared to $2.3 million in dividends on an average balance of FHLB stock outstanding of $301.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.


81

Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expense

The following table sets forth the components of our non-interest expense.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Compensation and benefits
$
77,208

 
$
65,989

Commissions
17,462

 
15,466

Occupancy and equipment
19,375

 
16,950

Asset resolution
16,445

 
36,770

Federal insurance premiums
11,240

 
12,324

Other taxes
897

 
946

Warrant (income) expense
(3,500
)
 
2,549

Loan processing expense
17,111

 
10,686

Legal and professional expense
28,839

 
16,817

General and administrative
11,513

 
10,249

Total non-interest expense
$
196,590

 
$
188,746

Efficiency ratio (1) 
81.7
%
 
63.7
%
Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted) (2)
69.8
%
 
42.6
%
(1)
Total operating and administrative expenses divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(2)
Based on efficiency ratios as calculated, less representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate and asset resolution expense, see "Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

The 4.2 percent increase in non-interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, was primarily due to increases in legal and professional expense (primarily due to consulting fees), loan processing expense, compensation and benefits and commissions, partially offset by a decrease in asset resolution expense.

Compensation and benefits. The $11.2 million increase in gross compensation and benefits expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012 is primarily attributable to a $5.8 million increase in compensation and benefits payable and a $2.0 million increase in general incentive compensation accruals, primarily related to an increase in employees needed to facilitate increased underwriting and loan origination volume. Our full-time equivalent non commissioned salaried employees increased overall by 486 from March 31, 2012 to a total of 3,456 at March 31, 2013.

Commissions. Commission expense, which is a variable cost associated with loan originations, totaled $17.5 million, equal to 14 basis points of total loan originations during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $15.8 million, equal to 14 basis points of total loan originations in the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in commissions was primarily due to the increase in loan originations for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Loan originations increased to $12.5 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2013 from $11.4 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Asset resolution. Asset resolution expenses consist of expenses associated with foreclosed properties (including the foreclosure claims in process with respect to government insured loans for which we file claims with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) and other disposition and carrying costs, loss provisions, and gains and losses on the sale of real estate owned properties that we have obtained through foreclosure or other proceedings.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 asset resolution expenses decreased $20.4 million to $16.4 million, as compared to $36.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due decreases in debenture interest expense on government insured loans, agency fee accruals and commercial and residential real estate owned valuations, primarily due to improvement in home prices.

Federal insurance premiums. Our FDIC insurance expense decreased for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in our average total assets used in the calculation of our assessment base for our expense accrual and a reduction in our assessment rate, primarily due to a decrease in brokered deposits. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, federal insurance premiums totaled $11.2 million, compared to $12.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.


82

Table of Contents

Warrant (income) expense. Warrant income was $3.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to expense of $2.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in warrant expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily due to the decrease in the market price of our common stock. At March 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock had a fair value of $7.8 million, compared to a fair value of $11.3 million at December 31, 2012.

Loan processing expense. Loan processing expense increased to $17.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $10.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, reflecting the increased loan origination volume and increased underwriting expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Legal and professional expense. Legal and professional expense increased during the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in our consultant fee expense. Consultant fee expense increased to $16.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $6.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The increase in consulting fees during the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily attributable to various initiatives to improve our management of operational and regulatory risk with a focus on improving underlying processes for sustainable long term solutions.

Provision for Federal Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, our provision for federal income taxes as a percentage of pretax income was zero percent. For each year, the provision (benefit) for federal income taxes varies from statutory rates primarily because of a change in balance to our valuation allowance for net deferred tax assets.

Deferred taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. In addition, a deferred tax asset is recorded for net operating loss carry forwards and unused tax credits. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that will apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income or expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

We periodically review the carrying amount of our deferred tax assets to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the realization of the deferred tax assets.
    
In evaluating this available evidence, we consider historical financial performance, expectation of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, length of statutory carry forward periods, experience with operating loss and tax credit carry forwards not expiring unused, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. Significant judgment is required in assessing future earnings trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. Our evaluation is based on current tax laws as well as our expectations of future performance.

We had a $334.2 million and $341.9 million valuation allowance against deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. See Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.


83

Table of Contents

OPERATING SEGMENTS

Overview

For detail on each segment's objectives, strategies, and priorities, please read this section in conjunction Note 21 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein, and other sections for a full understanding of our consolidated financial performance.

The operating segments are based on an internally-aligned segment leadership structure, which is how the results are monitored and performance assessed. We have three major operating segments: Community Banking, Mortgage Banking and Other. The Community Banking segment originates loans to and collects deposits from consumer and business customers through Commercial, Business, Government and Branch Banking groups. Products offered through these groups include checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, consumer loans and commercial loans. Other financial services available to consumer and commercial customers include lines of credit, revolving credit, customized treasury management solutions, equipment leasing, inventory and accounts receivable lending and capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products. The Mortgage Banking segment originates, acquires, sells and services mortgage loans. The origination and acquisition of mortgage loans is the majority of the lending activity. Mortgage loans are originated through home lending centers, national call centers, the Internet, unaffiliated banks and mortgage brokerage companies, where the net interest income and the gains from sales associated with these loans are recognized in the Mortgage Banking segment. Also, the Mortgage Banking segment services mortgage loans for others and sells MSRs into the secondary market. The Other segment includes corporate treasury, income and expense impact of equity and cash, the effect of eliminations of transactions between segments, tax benefits not assigned to specific operating segments, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, charges or credits of unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature. Each operating segment supports and complements the operations of the other, with funding for the Mortgage Banking segment primarily provided by deposits obtained through Community Banking and with the Community Banking segment providing warehouse lines of credit to mortgage originators, most of which sell loans to the Mortgage Banking segment. A discussion of our three operating segments is set forth below.

The operating segment results are generated utilizing our management reporting system, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each of the operating segments. The process is designed around our organizational and management structure and, accordingly, the results derived may not be directly comparable with similar information published by other financial institutions. Revenue is recorded in the operating segment responsible for the related product or service.

The management accounting process that develops the operating segment reporting utilizes various estimates and allocation methodologies to measure the performance of the operating segments. Expenses are allocated to operating segments using a two-phase approach. The first phase consists of measuring and assigning costs to activities within each operating area to create a driver-based cost. These driver-based costs are then allocated, with the resulting amount allocated to operating segments that own the related products. The second phase consists of the allocation of overhead costs to all three operating segments from the Other segment.

The net income (loss) by operating segment is presented in the following table.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Community Banking
$
(14,530
)
 
$
(33,660
)
Mortgage Banking
61,525

 
40,899

Other
(23,388
)
 
(14,548
)
    Total net income (loss)
$
23,607

 
$
(7,309
)


84

Table of Contents

The selected average balances by operating segment is presented in the following table.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Average loans held-for-sale
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
622,196

 
$

Mortgage Banking
2,993,999

 
2,393,725

Average loans held-for-investment
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
1,556,031

 
$
2,779,852

Mortgage Banking
3,271,593

 
3,957,412

Other
7,065

 
9,481

Average total assets
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
2,352,113

 
$
2,886,737

Mortgage Banking
9,045,217

 
9,450,749

Other
2,295,241

 
1,869,690

Average interest-bearing deposits
 
 
 
Community Banking
$
6,961,067

 
$
6,357,363

Other
24,586

 
290,680


Community Banking

Our Community Banking segment's two strategic responsibilities are providing a stable funding source for the Mortgage Banking segment and operating as a standalone, profitable line of business. The groups within the Community Banking segment originate consumer loans, commercial loans and warehouse loans, gather consumer, business and governmental deposits, and offer liquidity management products. The liquidity management products include customized treasury management solutions, equipment and technology leasing, international services, capital markets services such as interest rate risk protection products, foreign exchange hedging, and trading of securities.

For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2013
 
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
30,122

 
$
35,301

Provision for loan losses
(1,535
)
 
(28,870
)
Non-interest income
11,031

 
9,529

Non-interest expense
(54,148
)
 
(49,620
)
Net loss
$
(14,530
)
 
$
(33,660
)
Average balances
 
 
 
Total loans held-for-investment
$
1,556,031

 
$
2,779,852

Total assets
2,352,113

 
2,886,737

Total interest-bearing deposits
6,961,067

 
6,357,363


The Community Banking segment reported a $19.1 million decrease in net loss. This improvement was largely driven by a $27.3 million decrease in provision for loan losses, primarily related to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012. The decrease in provision for loan losses was partially offset by a decrease in net interest income, primarily the result of the average loans held-for-investment portfolio declining during the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to March 31, 2012. Non-interest expense increased $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, reflecting an increase in consulting fees.

Mortgage Banking

Our Mortgage Banking segment originates, acquires, sells and services one-to-four family residential first mortgage loans. The Mortgage Banking segment also services mortgage loans on a fee basis for others and sells MSRs into the secondary

85

Table of Contents

market. Funding for our Mortgage Banking segment is provided primarily by deposits and borrowings obtained by our Community Banking segment.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2013
 
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income
$
45,013

 
$
45,819

Provision for loan losses
(18,880
)
 
(85,803
)
Net gain on loan sales
137,390

 
204,682

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
(17,395
)
 
(60,538
)
Other non-interest income
50,345

 
59,605

Asset resolution
(16,888
)
 
(31,638
)
Other non-interest expense
(118,060
)
 
(91,228
)
Net income
$
61,525

 
$
40,899

Average balances
 
 
 
Total loans held-for-sale
$
2,993,999

 
$
2,393,725

Total loans held-for-investment
3,271,593

 
3,957,412

Total assets
9,045,217

 
9,450,749


The Mortgage Banking segment income increased $20.6 million primarily due to a $66.9 million decrease in provision for loan losses and a $43.1 million decrease in representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate, partially offset by a decrease of $67.3 million in the net gain on loan sales. The decreases in the provision for loan losses and representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, were primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012. The decrease in gain on loan sales was primarily due to lower residential first mortgage rate lock commitments and a lower base gain on sale margin, as well as higher hedging costs, loan level pricing adjustments, and the impact from guarantee fee changes from the GSEs during the three months ended March 31, 2013. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net loan fees and charges increased to $31.0 million, as compared to $27.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012.

Net servicing revenue, which is the combination of net loan administration income (including the off-balance sheet hedges of MSRs) and the gain (loss) on trading securities (i.e., the on-balance sheet hedges of MSRs), decreased to $20.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $33.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to unfavorable fair value adjustments to our MSRs and market volatility in our hedging activity, partially offset by increases in servicing fees, ancillary income and charges on our residential first mortgage servicing due to an increase in the average balance in the portfolio of loans serviced for others during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.


86

Table of Contents

Other

The Other segment includes the treasury, income and expense impact of equity and cash, the effect of eliminations of transactions between segments, tax benefits not assigned to specific operating segments, the funding revenue associated with shareholders' equity, the impact of interest rate risk management, the impact of balance sheet funding activities, and changes or credit of an unusual or infrequent nature that are not reflective of the normal operations of the operating segments and miscellaneous other expenses of a corporate nature.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
2013
 
2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest expense
$
(19,466
)
 
$
(6,387
)
Non-interest income
3,572

 
8,099

Non-interest expense
(7,494
)
 
(16,260
)
Net loss
$
(23,388
)
 
$
(14,548
)
Average balances
 
 
 
Total assets
$
2,295,241

 
$
1,869,690


Net interest income includes the impact of administering our investment securities portfolios and the net impact of derivatives used to hedge interest rate sensitivity. Non-interest income includes insurance income, miscellaneous fee income not allocated to other operating segments, such as bank owned life insurance income and any Treasury related items and trading asset gains or losses.

Non-interest expense includes certain corporate administrative and other miscellaneous expenses. The provision for income taxes is not allocated to the operating segments as new corporate income tax liability will not occur until after the utilization of the existing deferred tax assets.

The Other segment net loss increased $8.8 million primarily due to a $13.1 million increase in net interest expense, partially offset by a $8.8 million decrease in non-interest expenses. The decrease in net interest expenses is primarily due to lower average balances of interest-earning assets.
Analysis of Items on Statements of Financial Condition

Assets

Interest-earning deposits. Interest-earning deposits, on which we earn a minimal interest rate, increased $1.3 billion at March 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012, primarily due to the sale of the Northeast-based commercial loans related to the CIT Agreement and Customers Agreement, which were substantially completed during the three months ended March 31, 2013. Our interest-earning deposits allow the flexibility to fund our on-going initiatives to increase lending, as well as other mortgage related initiatives.

Securities classified as trading. Securities classified as trading are comprised of U.S. Treasury bonds. Changes to the fair value of trading securities are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. At both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 there were $170.1 million securities classified as trading. U.S. Treasury bonds held in trading are distinguished from those classified as available-for-sale based upon the intent of management to use them as an offset against changes in the valuation of the MSR portfolio, however, these do not qualify as an accounting hedge. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Securities classified as available-for-sale. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which are comprised of U.S. government sponsored agencies, mortgage securitization and municipal obligations, decreased from $184.4 million at December 31, 2012, to $169.8 million at March 31, 2013. This decrease was due to principal reductions during the three months ended March 31, 2013. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Loans held-for-sale. Essentially all of our mortgage loans produced are sold into the secondary market on a whole loan basis or by securitizing the loans into securities. At March 31, 2013, we held loans held-for-sale of $2.7 billion, which was a decrease of $1.2 billion from $3.9 billion held at December 31, 2012. The decrease in the balance of loans held-for-sale was primarily due to the fourth quarter 2012 agreements to sell the Northeast-based commercial loan portfolio. During the three months

87

Table of Contents

ended March 31, 2013, we sold $859.0 million of commercial loans in the held-for-sale category related to the fourth quarter 2012 agreements. For further information on loans held-for-sale, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.
 
Loans repurchased with government guarantees. Pursuant to Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, we have the unilateral option to repurchase certain delinquent loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools, if the loans meet defined criteria. As a result of this unilateral option, once the delinquency criteria have been met and regardless of whether the repurchase option has been exercised, we must treat the loans as having been repurchased and recognize the loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and also recognize a corresponding deemed liability for a similar amount. If the loans are actually repurchased, we eliminate the corresponding liability. At March 31, 2013, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.6 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees. These loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $58.4 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale. At December 31, 2012, the amount of such loans actually repurchased totaled $1.8 billion and were classified as loans repurchased with government guarantees, and those loans which we have not yet repurchased but had the unilateral right to repurchase totaled $72.4 million and were classified as loans held-for-sale.

Substantially all of these remaining loans continue to be insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") and management believes that the reimbursement process is proceeding appropriately. On average, claims have historically been filed and paid within approximately 18 months from the date of the initial delinquency. However, increasing volumes throughout the country, as well as changes in the foreclosure process in states throughout the country and other forms of government intervention may result in changes to the historical norm. These repurchased loans earn interest at a statutory rate, which varies for each loan, but is based on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate at the time the loan becomes greater than 60 days delinquent. This interest is recorded as interest income and the related claims settlement expenses are recorded in asset resolution expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For further information on loans repurchased with government guarantees, see Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Loans held-for-investment. Our largest category of earning assets consists of loans held-for-investment. Loans held-for-investment consist of residential first mortgage loans that are not held for resale (usually shorter duration and adjustable rate loans and second mortgages), warehouse loans to other mortgage lenders, HELOC, other consumer loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and commercial lease financing loans. Loans held-for-investment decreased from $5.4 billion at December 31, 2012, to $4.7 billion at March 31, 2013, primarily due to warehouse loans declining $597.0 million to $750.8 million at March 31, 2013, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012. Residential first mortgage loans stayed consistent at $3.0 billion. Commercial real estate loans decreased to $562.9 million at March 31, 2013 from $640.3 million at December 31, 2012. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in commercial and industrial loans to $107.7 million at March 31, 2013 from $90.6 million at December 31, 2012. For information relating to the concentration of credit of our loans held for investment, see Note 7 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statement, herein.


88

Table of Contents

Quality of Earning Assets

Management considers a number of qualitative and quantitative factors in assessing the level of its collectively evaluated reserves, in accordance with ASC Topic 310-10, Receivables and individually evaluated reserves, in accordance with ASC Topic 450-20, "Loss Contingencies." See the section captioned "Allowance for Loan Losses" in this discussion. As illustrated in the tables following, trends in certain credit quality characteristics such as non-performing loans and delinquency statistics have recently stabilized or even begun to show signs of improvement. This is predominantly a result of the run off of the legacy portfolios combined with the addition of new commercial loans with strong credit characteristics.
    
The following table sets forth certain information about our non-performing assets as of the end of each of the last five quarters.

NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS 
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-performing loans
$
369,303

 
$
399,825

 
$
398,948

 
$
431,599

 
$
406,583

Real estate and other non-performing assets, net
114,356

 
120,732

 
119,468

 
107,235

 
108,686

Non-performing assets held-for-investment, net
483,659

 
520,557

 
518,416

 
538,834

 
515,269

Non-performing loans held-for-sale
394

 
1,835

 
2,086

 
2,430

 
2,842

Total non-performing assets including loans held-for-sale
$
484,053

 
$
522,392

 
$
520,502

 
$
541,264

 
$
518,111

Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets (bank only)
3.70
%
 
3.70
%
 
3.48
%
 
3.75
%
 
3.67
%
Ratio of non-performing loans held-for-investment to loans held-for-investment
7.79
%
 
7.35
%
 
6.09
%
 
6.59
%
 
6.11
%
Ratio of allowance to non-performing loans held-for-investment
78.5
%
 
76.3
%
 
76.5
%
 
66.5
%
 
69.1
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held-for-investment
6.11
%
 
5.61
%
 
4.65
%
 
4.38
%
 
4.22
%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans held-for-investment (annualized)
2.93
%
 
3.18
%
 
2.12
%
 
3.24
%
 
8.99
%
Ratio of non-performing assets to loans held-for-investment and repossessed assets
9.96
%
 
9.36
%
 
7.77
%
 
8.09
%
 
7.61
%
 

The following table sets forth the activity for unpaid principal balance, which does not include premiums or discounts, of non-performing commercial assets, primarily commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
139,128

 
$
145,006

Additions
48,619

 
65,777

Returned to performing

 
(11,168
)
Principal payments
(35,236
)
 
(1,864
)
Sales
(23,215
)
 
(13,083
)
Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(11,356
)
 
(44,617
)
Valuation write-downs
(1,154
)
 
(5,630
)
Ending balance
$
116,786

 
$
134,421



89

Table of Contents

Past due loans held-for-investment

Loans are considered to be past due when any payment of principal or interest is 30 days past due. While it is the goal of management to work out a satisfactory repayment schedule or modification with a past due borrower, we will undertake foreclosure proceedings if the delinquency is not satisfactorily resolved. Our practices regarding past due loans are designed to both assist borrowers in meeting their contractual obligations and minimize losses incurred by the bank. We customarily mail several notices of past due payments to the borrower within 30 days after the due date and late charges are assessed in accordance with certain parameters. Our collection department makes telephone or personal contact with borrowers after loans are 30 days past due. In certain cases, we recommend that the borrower seek credit-counseling assistance and may grant forbearance if it is determined that the borrower is likely to correct a past due loan within a reasonable period of time. We cease the accrual of interest on loans that we classify as "non-performing" once they become 90 days past due or earlier when concerns exist as to the ultimate collection of principal or interest. Such interest is recognized as income only when it is actually collected.

At March 31, 2013, we had $456.0 million of loans held-for-investment that were determined to be past due loans. Of those past due loans, $369.3 million of loans were non-performing held-for-investment, of which $296.4 million, or 80.3 percent, were single-family residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2012, we had $499.1 million of loans held-for-investment that were determined to be past due loans. Of those past due loans, $399.8 million of loans were non-performing held-for-investment, of which $306.5 million, or 76.7 percent, were residential first mortgage loans. The decrease from December 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013 was primarily due to continued work-outs and individual note sales targeted around residential first mortgage and commercial real estate loans.

Residential first mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2013, non-performing residential first mortgages totaled $296.4 million, a decrease of $10.1 million from $306.5 million at December 31, 2012 due to continued work-outs before loans reach non-accrual status. Net charge-offs within the residential first mortgage portfolio totaled $20.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to $94.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012.

Commercial real estate loans. As of March 31, 2013, non-performing commercial real estate loans totaled $66.1 million, a decrease of $20.3 million from $86.4 million at December 31, 2012, primarily due to continued work-outs. Non-performing commercial real estate loans as a percentage of the commercial real estate loans, decreased to 9.8 percent in March 31, 2013 from 13.5 percent at December 31, 2012, primarily due to continued progress in working out the portfolio. Net charge-offs within the commercial real estate portfolio totaled $11.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which was a decrease from $43.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, primarily due to the refinements in the estimation process that occurred during the first quarter 2012.

Troubled debt restructurings (held-for-investment)

Troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs") are modified loans in which a concession not otherwise available is provided to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. Our ongoing loan modification efforts to assist homeowners and other borrowers continued to increase our overall balance of TDRs. Non-performing TDRs were 39.5 percent and 36.3 percent of total non-performing loans at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

TDRs can be classified as either performing or non-performing. Non-performing TDRs are included in non-accrual loans and performing TDRs are excluded from non-accrual loans because it is probable that all contractual principal and interest due under the restructured terms will be collected. Within consumer non-performing loans, residential first mortgage TDRs were 47.8 percent of residential first mortgage non-performing loans at March 31, 2013, compared to 45.9 percent at December 31, 2012. The level of modifications that were determined to be TDRs in these portfolios is expected to result in elevated non-performing loan levels for longer periods, because TDRs remain in non-performing status until a borrower has made at least six consecutive months of payments under the modified terms, or ultimate resolution occurs. TDRs primarily reflect our loss mitigation efforts to proactively work with borrowers having difficulty making their payments. Although many of the TDRs continue to be performing, we have increased our reserve on TDRs, which also increased the allowance for loan losses.

90

Table of Contents

 
TDRs Held-for-Investment
 
Performing
 
Non-performing
 
Total
 
(Dollars in thousands)
March 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
$
598,041

 
$
144,469

 
$
742,510

Commercial loans (2)

 
1,446

 
1,446

Total TDRs
$
598,041

 
$
145,915

 
$
743,956

December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer loans (1)
$
588,475

 
$
143,188

 
$
731,663

Commercial loans (2)
1,287

 
2,056

 
3,343

Total TDRs
$
589,762

 
$
145,244

 
$
735,006

(1)
Consumer loans include: residential first mortgage, second mortgage, warehouse lending, HELOC and other consumer loans. The allowance for loan losses on consumer TDR loans totaled $159.9 million and $159.0 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
Commercial loans include: commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and commercial lease financing loans. The allowance for loan losses on commercial TDR loans totaled zero and $0.3 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
    
The following table sets forth the activity during each of the periods presented with respect to performing TDRs and non-performing TDRs.
 
TDRs Held-for-Investment
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Performing
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
589,762

 
$
517,175

    Additions
11,771

 
39,409

Transfer to non-performing TDR
(14,678
)
 
(27,934
)
Transfer from non-performing TDR
23,527

 
22,473

    Principal repayments
(9,079
)
 
(6,767
)
    Reductions (1)
(3,262
)
 
(7,119
)
Ending balance
$
598,041

 
$
537,237

Non-performing
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
145,244

 
$
196,585

    Additions
21,097

 
21,701

    Transfer from performing TDR
14,678

 
27,934

    Transfer to performing TDR
(23,527
)
 
(22,473
)
    Principal repayments
(8,122
)
 
(31,653
)
    Reductions (1)
(3,455
)
 
(32,965
)
Ending balance
$
145,915

 
$
159,129

(1)
Includes loans paid in full or otherwise settled, sold or charged off.

91

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding past due loans at the dates listed. At March 31, 2013, 80.3 percent of all past due loans were loans in which we had a first lien position on residential real estate, compared to 77.3 percent at December 31, 2012.
PAST DUE LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT 
Days Past Due
March 31,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
30 – 59 days
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
56,341

 
$
62,445

Second mortgage
996

 
1,171

HELOC
684

 
2,484

Other
347

 
587

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
1,465

 
6,979

Total 30-59 days past due
59,833

 
73,666

60 – 89 days
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
18,754

 
16,693

Second mortgage
836

 
727

HELOC
876

 
910

Other
15

 
248

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
6,400

 
6,990

Total 60-89 days past due
26,881

 
25,568

Greater than 90 days
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage (2)
296,395

 
306,486

Second mortgage (2)
4,298

 
3,724

HELOC (2)
2,343

 
3,025

Other
132

 
183

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1) (2)
66,095

 
86,367

Commercial and industrial
40

 
41

Total greater than 90 days past due
369,303

 
399,826

Total past due loans
$
456,017

 
$
499,060


(1)
The past due commercial real estate loans are handled by the loan workout group and represent loans in a run-off portfolio, which are not part of the new business that began in early 2011.
(2)
Includes loans that are secured by real estate.

    

92

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing loans (i.e., greater than 90 days past due loans) as to which we have ceased accruing interest.

NON-ACCRUAL LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT 
 
At March 31, 2013
 
Investment
Loan
Portfolio
 
Non-
Accrual
Loans
 
As a % of
Loan
Specified
Portfolio
 
As a % of
Non-
Accrual
Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,991,394

 
$
296,395

 
9.9
%
 
80.3
%
Second mortgage
112,385

 
4,298

 
3.8
%
 
1.2
%
Warehouse lending
750,765

 

 
%
 
%
HELOC
167,815

 
2,343

 
1.4
%
 
0.6
%
Other consumer
44,488

 
132

 
0.3
%
 
%
Total consumer loans
4,066,847

 
303,168

 
7.5
%
 
82.1
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate (1)
562,916

 
66,095

 
11.7
%
 
17.9
%
Commercial and industrial
107,688

 
40

 
%
 
%
Commercial lease financing
5,815

 

 
%
 
%
Total commercial loans
676,419

 
66,135

 
9.8
%
 
17.9
%
Total loans
$
4,743,266

 
$
369,303

 
7.8
%
 
100.0
%
Less allowance for loan losses
(290,000
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total loans held-for-investment, net
$
4,453,266

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
The non-accrual commercial real estate loans are handled by the loan workout group and represent loans in a run-off portfolio, which are not part of the new business that began in early 2011.

The following table sets forth the performing and non-accrual residential first mortgage loans by year of origination (i.e., vintage) and the total amount of unpaid principal balance loans outstanding at March 31, 2013.

RESIDENTIAL FIRST MORTGAGE LOANS HELD-FOR-INVESTMENT
 
At March 31, 2013
Vintage
Performing Loans
 
Non-Accrual Loans
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance (1)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Pre-2005
$
750,140

 
$
44,269

 
$
794,409

2005
569,184

 
33,571

 
602,755

2006
227,929

 
29,907

 
257,836

2007
867,752

 
117,681

 
985,433

2008
88,386

 
47,568

 
135,954

2009
45,636

 
12,979

 
58,615

2010
27,199

 
4,515

 
31,714

2011
48,190

 
4,913

 
53,103

2012
37,435

 
649

 
38,084

2013
5,598

 
343

 
5,941

Total loans
$
2,667,449

 
$
296,395

 
$
2,963,844

Net deferred fees and other
 
 
 
 
27,550

Total residential first mortgage loans
 
 
 
 
$
2,991,394

(1)     Unpaid principal balance does not include net deferred fee, premiums or discounts, and other.


93

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of probable losses in our loans held-for-investment portfolio as of the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The allowance provides for probable losses that have been identified with specific customer relationships, individually evaluated, and for probable losses believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio but that have not been specifically identified, collectively evaluated. The consumer loan portfolio includes residential first mortgages, second mortgages, construction, warehouse lending and consumer loans. The commercial loan portfolio includes commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and commercial lease financing loans.
    
As the process for determining the adequacy of the allowance requires subjective and complex judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses. In estimating the amount of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolio various assumptions are made. For example, when assessing the condition of the overall economic environment assumptions are made regarding current economic trends and their impact on the loan portfolio. If the anticipated recovery is not as strong or timely as management's expectations, it may affect the estimate of the allowance for loan losses. For impaired loans that are collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral may deviate significantly from the net proceeds received when the collateral is sold.

The allowance for loan losses was $290.0 million and $305.0 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The decrease in the allowance for loan losses was largely driven by a release of reserves associated with commercial loans sold as part of CIT Agreement and Customers Agreement and a decrease in the consumer allowance for loan losses driven by portfolio run-off and lower loss rates.

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans increased to 78.5 percent at March 31, 2013 from 76.3 percent at December 31, 2012, which was driven by lower non-performing loan balances.

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans held-for-investment increased to 6.11 percent as of March 31, 2013 from 5.61 percent as of December 31, 2012, primarily due a 12.8 percent decrease in the loans held-for-investment portfolio. The decrease in the loans held-for-investment was primarily due to a decrease in the warehouse loans, which historically have required a lesser allocation of allowance than other loan portfolios.

The allowance for loan losses is considered adequate based upon management's assessment of relevant factors, including the types and amounts of non-performing loans, historical and current loss experience on such types of loans, and the current economic environment.


94

Table of Contents

The following tables set forth certain information regarding the allocation of our allowance for loan losses to each loan category.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 
 
At March 31, 2013
 
Investment
Loan
Portfolio
 
Percent
of
Portfolio
 
Allowance
Amount
 
Percentage to
Total
Allowance
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
$
2,991,394

 
63.1
%
 
$
214,076

 
73.9
%
Second mortgage
112,385

 
2.4
%
 
20,683

 
7.1
%
Warehouse lending
750,765

 
15.8
%
 
532

 
0.2
%
HELOC
167,815

 
3.5
%
 
18,118

 
6.2
%
Other
44,488

 
0.9
%
 
2,215

 
0.8
%
Total consumer loans
4,066,847

 
85.7
%
 
255,624

 
88.2
%
Commercial loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
562,916

 
11.9
%
 
32,720

 
11.3
%
Commercial and industrial
107,688

 
2.3
%
 
1,572

 
0.5
%
Commercial lease financing
5,815

 
0.1
%
 
84

 
%
Total commercial loans
676,419

 
14.3
%
 
34,376

 
11.8
%
Total consumer and commercial loans
$
4,743,266

 
100.0
%
 
$
290,000

 
100.0
%


95

Table of Contents

The following table set forth certain information regarding our allowance for loan losses.

   ACTIVITY WITHIN THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
305,000

 
$
318,000

Provision for loan losses
20,415

 
114,673

Charge-offs
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
(25,692
)
 
(95,432
)
Second Mortgage
(1,955
)
 
(5,283
)
HELOC
(2,061
)
 
(6,419
)
Other consumer
(699
)
 
(1,190
)
Total consumer loans
(30,407
)
 
(108,324
)
Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
(13,162
)
 
(45,033
)
Commercial and industrial

 
(1,581
)
Total commercial loans
(13,162
)
 
(46,614
)
Total charge offs
(43,569
)
 
(154,938
)
Recoveries
 
 
 
Consumer loans
 
 
 
Residential first mortgage
5,353

 
550

Second mortgage
390

 
249

HELOC
105

 
257

Other consumer
454

 
212

Total consumer loans
6,302

 
1,268

Commercial loans
 
 
 
Commercial real estate
1,843

 
1,992

Commercial and industrial
9

 
5

Total commercial loans
1,852

 
1,997

Total recoveries
8,154

 
3,265

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(35,415
)
 
(151,673
)
Ending balance
$
290,000

 
$
281,000

Net charge-off ratio 
2.93
%
 
8.99
%

Accrued interest receivable. Accrued interest receivable decreased $10.9 million from December 31, 2012 to March 31, 2013. This was primarily due to our interest-earning assets declining by $0.9 billion to $11.3 billion at March 31, 2013, as compared to $12.2 billion at December 31, 2012, primarily due to the commercial loan sales related to the CIT Agreement and Customers Agreement, which was substantially completed during the first quarter 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, $1.3 million and $2.4 million of accrued interest on non-performing loans was reversed against interest income, respectively. We typically collect interest in the month following the month in which it is earned.

Repossessed assets. Real property we acquire as a result of the foreclosure process is classified as real estate owned until it is sold. It is transferred from the loans held-for-investment portfolio at the lower of cost or market value, less disposal costs. Management decides whether to rehabilitate the property or sell it "as is" and whether to list the property with a broker.


96

Table of Contents

The following schedule provides the activity for repossessed assets during each of the past five quarters.

NET REPOSSESSED ASSET ACTIVITY 
 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
120,732

 
$
119,468

 
$
107,235

 
$
108,686

 
$
114,715

Additions
30,952

 
35,688

 
41,259

 
24,734

 
23,198

Disposals
(37,328
)
 
(34,424
)
 
(29,026
)
 
(26,185
)
 
(29,227
)
Ending balance
$
114,356

 
$
120,732

 
$
119,468

 
$
107,235

 
$
108,686


FHLB stock. At March 31, 2013, holdings of FHLB stock remained unchanged from $301.7 million at December 31, 2012. Once purchased, FHLB shares must be held for five years before they can be redeemed. As a member of the FHLB, we are required to hold shares of FHLB stock in an amount equal to at least 1.0 percent of aggregate unpaid principal balance of our mortgage loans, home purchase contracts and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 5.0 percent of our FHLB advances, whichever is greater.

Premises and equipment. Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation increased $4.2 million from $219.1 million at December 31, 2012 to $223.3 million at March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to system upgrades.

Mortgage servicing rights. At March 31, 2013, MSRs included residential MSRs at fair value amounting to $727.2 million, compared to $710.8 million at December 31, 2012. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded additions to our residential MSRs of $126.5 million and $111.5 million, respectively, primarily due to an increase in loan sales and securitizations. Also, during the three months ended March 31, 2013, we reduced the amount of MSRs by $94.4 million related to bulk servicing sales, $37.5 million related to loans that paid off during the period and an increase in the fair value of MSRs of $21.8 million resulting from the realization of expected cash flows and market driven changes, primarily as a result of increases in mortgage loan rates that led to an expected decrease in prepayment speeds. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, we reduced the amount of MSRs by $18.2 million related to bulk servicing sales, $26.8 million related to loans that paid off during the period, and an increase in the fair value of MSRs of $19.9 million resulting from the realization of expected cash flows and market driven changes, primarily as a result of increases in mortgage loan rates that led to an expected decrease in prepayment speeds. Once fully phased in, the Basel III capital rules will significantly reduce the allowable amount of the fair value of MSRs included in Tier 1 capital. We will consider the amount of MSRs we maintain in future periods as it relates to the exclusion from our allowable capital levels under Basel III. See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.

The principal balance of the loans underlying our total MSRs was $73.9 billion at March 31, 2013, compared to $76.8 billion at December 31, 2012, with the decrease primarily attributable to our bulk servicing sales of $10.7 billion in underlying loans during the three months ended March 31, 2013 partially offset by loan origination activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Derivatives. We write and purchase interest rate swaps to accommodate the needs of customers requesting such services. Customer-initiated activity represented 100.0 percent of total interest rate swap contracts at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Customer-initiated trading derivatives are used primarily to focus on providing derivative products to customers that enables them to manage interest rate risk exposure. Market risk from unfavorable movements in interest rates is generally economically hedged by concurrently entering into offsetting derivative contracts resulting in no net exposure to us, outside of counterparty performance. The offsetting derivative contracts generally have nearly identical notional values, terms and indices. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements herein.


97

Table of Contents

CUSTOMER-INITIATED DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 
Interest Rate Contracts (Notional Amount)
 
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
( Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
202,492

 
$
64,720

Additions
5,943

 
4,553

Maturities/amortizations
(1,901
)
 
(319
)
Terminations
(71,853
)
 

Ending balance
$
134,681

 
$
68,954


Liabilities

Deposits. Our deposits consist of four primary categories: retail deposits, government deposits, wholesale deposits and company controlled deposits. Total retail deposit accounts decreased $447.0 million, or 5.4 percent at March 31, 2013, from December 31, 2012, primarily due to a decrease in certificates of deposits.

We call on local governmental agencies, and other public units, as an additional source for deposit funding. These deposit accounts include $458.9 million of certificates of deposit with maturities typically less than one year and $316.4 million in checking and savings accounts at March 31, 2013.

We generate deposits from our retail banking network and no longer purchase wholesale deposits. Wholesale deposits continued to run-off during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and decreased by $24.9 million from December 31, 2012.

Company controlled deposits arise due to our servicing of loans for others and represent the portion of the investor custodial accounts on deposit with the Bank. These deposits do not currently bear interest.

We participate in the Certificates of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") program, through which certain customer certificates of deposit ("CD") are exchanged for CDs of similar amounts from other participating banks. This gives customers the potential to receive FDIC insurance up to $50.0 million. At March 31, 2013, $893.7 million of total CDs were enrolled in the CDARS program, with $865.2 million originating from public entities and $41.2 million originating from retail customers. In exchange, we received reciprocal CDs from other participating banks totaling $174.6 million from public entities and $719.1 million from retail customers at March 31, 2013. We reduced our reliance on CDARS deposits at March 31, 2013, with total CDARS balances declining $254.1 million from December 31, 2012.
    

98

Table of Contents

The composition of our deposits was as follows. 
 
 
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
 
Balance
 
Yield/Rate
 
% of Deposits
Retail deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand accounts
$
728,225

 
0.13
%
 
9.3
%
 
$
681,983

 
0.16
%
 
8.2
%
Savings accounts
2,512,705

 
0.78
%
 
32.0
%
 
2,108,170

 
0.72
%
 
25.4
%
Money market demand accounts
370,113

 
0.29
%
 
4.7
%
 
401,853

 
0.41
%
 
4.8
%
Certificates of deposit (1)
2,613,046

 
0.89
%
 
33.4
%
 
3,175,481

 
0.93
%
 
38.3
%
Total retail deposits
6,224,089

 
0.72
%
 
79.4
%
 
6,367,487

 
0.74
%
 
76.7
%
Government deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand accounts
103,206

 
0.37
%
 
1.3
%
 
98,890

 
0.38
%
 
1.2
%
Savings accounts
213,166

 
0.29
%
 
2.7
%
 
263,841

 
0.53
%
 
3.2
%
Certificates of deposit
458,519

 
0.53
%
 
5.8
%
 
456,347

 
0.57
%
 
5.5
%
Total government deposits (2)
774,891

 
0.44
%
 
9.8
%
 
819,078

 
0.53
%
 
9.9
%
Wholesale deposits
74,465

 
4.80
%
 
0.9
%
 
99,338

 
4.41
%
 
1.2
%
Company controlled deposits (3)
773,846

 
%
 
9.9
%
 
1,008,392

 
%
 
12.2
%
Total deposits (4)
$
7,847,291

 
0.66
%
 
100.0
%
 
$
8,294,295

 
0.68
%
 
100.0
%
(1)
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum denomination of $100,000 was approximately $1.9 billion and $2.3 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)
Government deposits include funds from municipalities and schools.
(3)
These accounts represent a portion of the investor custodial accounts and escrows controlled by us in connection with loans serviced for others and that have been placed on deposit with the Bank.
(4)
The aggregate amount of deposits with a balance over $250,000 was approximately $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

FHLB advances. FHLB advances decreased $0.3 billion to $2.9 billion at March 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012. We rely upon advances from the FHLB as a source of funding for the origination or purchase of loans for sale in the secondary market and for providing duration specific short-term and medium-term financing. The outstanding balance of FHLB advances fluctuates from time to time depending on our current inventory of mortgage loans held-for-sale and the availability of lower cost funding sources. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we had an increase in funds available from other sources, including proceeds from the sale of commercial loans related to the CIT Agreement and Customer Agreement, which reduced the need for the short-term borrowings from FHLB.

Long-term debt. As part of our overall capital strategy, we previously raised capital through the issuance of trust-preferred securities by our special purpose financing entities formed for the offerings. The outstanding trust preferred securities mature 30 years from issuance, are callable by us after five years, and pay interest quarterly. Under these trust preferred arrangements, we have the right to defer interest payments to the trust preferred security holders for up to five years.

On January 27, 2012, we provided notice to holders of the trust preferred securities exercising the contractual right to defer regularly scheduled quarterly payments of interest, beginning with the February 2012 payment, with respect to trust preferred securities. Under the terms of the related indentures, we may defer interest payments for up to 20 consecutive quarters without default or penalty. These payments will be periodically evaluated and reinstated when appropriate, subject to provisions of the Consent Order and Supervisory Agreement.

Accrued interest payable. This balance represents interest payments that are payable to depositors and other entities from which we borrowed funds. The balance fluctuates with the size of our interest-bearing liability portfolio and the average cost of our interest-bearing liabilities. Accrued interest payable increased to $15.4 million at March 31, 2013 from $13.4 million at December 31, 2012. The increase during the three months ended March 31, 2013, was primarily a result of an increase in accrued interest on statutory trust accounts due to deferred interest payments on the trusts during the three months ended March 31, 2013. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the average overall rate on our deposits decreased 37 basis points to 0.78 percent, from 1.15 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2012. We also experienced a 47 basis point increase in our cost of advances from the FHLB to an average rate of 3.16 percent during the three months ended March 31, 2013, from 2.69 percent

99

Table of Contents

during the three months ended March 31, 2012, principally due to a decrease in short term borrowings which accrue at a lower average interest rate.
    
Representation and warranty reserve We sell most of the residential first mortgage loans that we originate into the secondary mortgage market. When we sell mortgage loans, we make customary representations and warranties to the purchasers, including sponsored securitization trusts and their insurers (primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), about various characteristics of each loan, such as the manner of origination, the nature and extent of underwriting standards applied and the types of documentation being provided. Typically, these representations and warranties are in place for the life of the loan. If a defect in the origination process is identified, we may be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the purchaser for losses it sustains on the loan. If there are no such defects, generally we have no liability to the purchaser for losses it may incur on such loan.
    
We maintain a representation and warranty reserve to account for the expected losses related to loans we might be required to repurchase (or the indemnity payments we may have to make to purchasers). The representation and warranty reserve takes into account both our estimate of expected losses on loans sold during the current accounting period, as well as adjustments to our previous estimates of expected losses on loans sold. In each case, these estimates are based on the most recent data available to us, including data from third parties, regarding demands for loan repurchases, actual loan repurchases, and actual credit losses on repurchased loans, among other factors. Provisions added to the representation and warranty reserve for current loan sales reduce our net gain on loan sales. Adjustments to our previous estimates are recorded under non-interest income in the income statement as an increase or decrease to representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate.

REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY RESERVE
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
(Dollar in thousands)
Beginning balance
$
193,000

 
$
202,000

 
$
161,000

 
$
142,000

 
$
120,000

Provision for new loans sales
5,817

 
7,285

 
6,432

 
5,643

 
5,051

Provision adjustment for previous estimates
17,396

 
25,231

 
124,492

 
46,028

 
60,538

Charge-offs, net of recoveries
(31,213
)
 
(41,516
)
 
(89,924
)
 
(32,671
)
 
(43,589
)
Ending balance
$
185,000

 
$
193,000

 
$
202,000

 
$
161,000

 
$
142,000

    
A significant factor in the estimate of expected losses is the activity of the GSEs, including the number of loan files they review or intend to review, the number of subsequent repurchase demands made by the GSEs and the percentage of those repurchase demands that actually result in a repurchase by the Bank. The majority of our loan sales have been to GSEs, which are a significant source of our current repurchase demands. These demands are concentrated in the post-2006 and pre-2009 origination years. While we have an established history of GSE demands, this pattern has recently changed, becoming more volatile in the level of demands from period to period and also increasing in the number of demands overall, thereby increasing our loss estimates.

The decrease in the overall reserve balance during the three months ended March 31, 2013, primarily reflects the continued decline in the aggregate amount of pending repurchase demands, as well as lower loss rates resulting from declining levels of net charge-offs of loan repurchases in the prior quarters.

The following table summarizes the amount of quarterly Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac audit file review requests by number of accounts. Such requests precede the repurchase demands that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may make thereafter.
 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012

 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
Fannie Mae
2,572

 
1,659

 
1,224

 
2,910

 
2,785

Freddie Mac
803

 
1,595

 
1,664

 
1,502

 
1,202

Total
3,375

 
3,254

 
2,888

 
4,412

 
3,987


During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we had $208.7 million in Fannie Mae new repurchase demands and $40.7 million in Freddie Mac new repurchase demands. The following table summarizes the amount of quarterly new repurchase demands we have received by loan origination year.

100

Table of Contents

 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012

 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in thousands)
2005 and prior
$
22,926

 
$
13,927

 
$
15,649

 
$
25,505

 
$
18,310

2006
27,945

 
31,851

 
23,462

 
33,481

 
27,743

2007
120,478

 
84,612

 
113,280

 
135,888

 
93,410

2008
52,461

 
38,048

 
57,230

 
89,780

 
63,494

2009-2013
25,574

 
34,509

 
49,767

 
62,153

 
36,320

Total
$
249,384

 
$
202,947

 
$
259,388

 
$
346,807

 
$
239,277

Number of accounts
1,239

 
1,025

 
1,316

 
1,780

 
1,134

        
The following table summarizes the aggregate amount of pending repurchase demands at the end of each quarterly period noted.
 
For the Three Months Ended
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
(Dollars in thousands)
Period end balance
$
186,970



$
224,182



$
425,570



$
469,800

 
$
357,377

Percent non-agency (approximately)
0.2
%
 
0.3
%
 
0.1
%
 
0.6
%
 
1.1
%

The following table summarizes the trends over the last two quarters with respect to key model attributes and assumptions for estimating the representation and warranty reserve.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
(Dollars in Thousands)
UPB of loans sold (1)
$
224,600,000

 
$
215,000,000

Loan file review as percentage of UPB
12.4
%
 
12.5
%
Repurchase demand rate
13.1
%
 
14.4
%
Actual repurchase rate (2)
37.0
%
 
38.6
%
Loss severity rate (2)
34.3
%
 
35.0
%
(1)
Includes servicing sold with recourse.
(2)
Weighted average of the appeals loss rate. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Other liabilities. Other liabilities primarily consist of a reserve for possible contingent liabilities, undisbursed payments, escrow accounts, forward agency and derivative liability and the Ginnie Mae liability resulting from the recognition of our unilateral right to repurchase certain mortgage loans currently included in Ginnie Mae securities. Other liabilities decreased at March 31, 2013, from December 31, 2012, primarily due to a $234.8 million decrease in undisbursed payments liability from $365.2 million at December 31, 2012 to $130.3 million at March 31, 2013. These amounts represent payments received from borrowers for interest, principal and related loan charges which have not been remitted to investors. Escrow accounts totaled $43.6 million and $39.7 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Escrow accounts are maintained on behalf of mortgage customers and include funds collected for real estate taxes, homeowners insurance and other insured product liabilities. The Ginnie Mae liability totaled $58.4 million and $72.4 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These amounts are for certain loans sold to Ginnie Mae, as to which we have not yet repurchased, but have the unilateral right to do so. With respect to such loans sold to Ginnie Mae, a corresponding asset was included in loans held-for-sale. For further information on our loans held-for-sale, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.

Other liabilities also included an accrual for possible contingent liabilities, which increased $0.1 million at March 31, 2013, as compared to December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013, our total accrual for contingent liabilities was $247.9 million, which includes the litigation accrual discussed in Note 20 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1. Financial Statements, herein.


101

Table of Contents

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our principal uses of funds include loan originations and operating expenses. At March 31, 2013, we had outstanding rate-lock commitments to lend $4.8 billion in mortgage loans, compared to $6.6 billion at December 31, 2012. These commitments may expire without being drawn upon and therefore, do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Total commercial and consumer unused collateralized lines of credit totaled $1.8 billion at March 31, 2013 and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2012.

Capital. We had net income of $22.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2013. We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2013 or during the year ended December 31, 2012. On February 19, 2008, our board of directors suspended future dividends payable on our common stock. Under the capital distribution regulations, a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must either notify or seek approval from the OCC of an association capital distribution at least 30 days prior to the declaration of a dividend or the approval by our board of directors of the proposed capital distribution. The 30-day period allows the OCC to determine whether or not the distribution would not be advisable. We currently must seek approval from the OCC prior to making a capital distribution from the Bank. In addition, we are prohibited from increasing dividends on our common stock above $0.05 per share without the consent of U.S. Treasury pursuant to the terms of the TARP.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

At March 31, 2013, the Bank was considered "well-capitalized" for regulatory purposes. The table following table represents the regulatory capital ratios.
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
Tier 1 leverage (to adjusted tangible assets)
$
1,318,770

10.14
%
 
$
1,295,841

9.26
%
 
$
1,207,237

8.64
%
Total adjusted tangible asset base
$
13,007,694

 
 
$
13,999,636

 
 
$
13,964,948

 
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
$
1,318,770

21.24
%
 
$
1,295,841

15.90
%
 
$
1,207,237

14.78
%
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
$
1,398,914

22.53
%
 
$
1,400,126

17.18
%
 
$
1,311,568

16.06
%
Risk weighted asset base
$
6,208,327

 
 
$
8,146,771

 
 
$
8,168,050

 
(1)
Based on adjusted total assets for purposes of core capital and risk-weighted assets for purposes of total risk-based capital. These ratios are applicable to the Bank only.

Liquidity. Liquidity measures the ability to meet current and future cash flow needs as they become due. The liquidity of a financial institution reflects its ability to meet loan requests, to accommodate possible outflows in deposits and to take advantage of interest rates and market opportunities. The ability of a financial institution to meet current financial obligations is a function of the balance sheet structure, the ability to liquidate assets, and the access to various sources of funds.
    
We primarily originate agency eligible loans and therefore the majority of new residential first mortgage loan originations are readily convertible to cash, either by selling them as part of our monthly agency sales, private party whole loan sales, or by pledging them to the FHLB and borrowing against them. We use the FHLB as our primary source for funding our residential mortgage business due to its flexibility in terms of being able to borrow or repay borrowings as daily cash needs require. We have been successful in increasing the amount of assets that qualify as eligible collateral at the FHLB and continue to review such opportunities on an on-going basis. Adding eligible collateral pools gives us added capacity and flexibility to manage our funding requirements.

The amount we can borrow, or the value we receive for the assets pledged to our liquidity providers, varies based on the amount and type of pledged collateral as well as the perceived market value of the assets and the "haircut" off the market value of the assets. That value is sensitive to the pricing and policies of our liquidity providers and can change with little or no notice.

In addition to operating expenses at a particular level of mortgage originations, our cash flows are fairly predictable and relate primarily to the funding cash outflows of residential first mortgages and the securitization and sales cash inflows of those residential first mortgages. Our mortgage warehouse funding line of business also generates cash flows as funds are extended to correspondent relationships to close new loans. Those loans are repaid when the correspondent sells the loan. Other material

102

Table of Contents

cash flows relate to growing our commercial lines of business and the loans we service for others (primarily the GSEs) and consist primarily of principal, interest, taxes and insurance. Those monies come in over the course of the month and are paid out based on predetermined schedules. Those flows are largely a function of the size of the servicing book and the volume of refinancing activity of the loans serviced. In general, monies received in one month are paid during the following month with the exception of taxes and insurance monies that are held until such are due.

As governed and defined by our internal liquidity policy, we maintain adequate excess liquidity levels appropriate to cover both unanticipated operational and regulatory requirements. In addition to this standby liquidity, we also maintain targeted minimum levels of unused borrowing capacity as an additional cushion against unexpected liquidity needs. Each business day, we forecast 90 days of daily cash needs. This allows us to determine our projected near term daily cash fluctuations and also to plan and adjust, if necessary, future activities. As a result, we would be able to make adjustments to operations as required to meet the liquidity needs of our business, including adjusting deposit rates to increase deposits, planning for additional FHLB borrowings, accelerating sales of loans held-for-sale (GSEs and or private), selling loans held-for-investment or securities, borrowing through the use of repurchase agreements, reducing originations, making changes to warehouse funding facilities, or borrowing from the discount window.

Our liquidity position is continuously monitored and adjustments are made to the balance between sources and uses of funds as deemed appropriate. Management is not aware of any events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, capital resources or operations.

Borrowings. The FHLB provides loans, also referred to as advances, on a fully collateralized basis, to savings banks and other member financial institutions. We are currently authorized through a resolution of our board of directors to apply for advances from the FHLB using approved loan types as collateral. At March 31, 2013, we had an authorized line of credit of $7.0 billion that could be utilized to the extent we provide sufficient collateral. At March 31, 2013, we had available collateral sufficient to access $3.8 billion of the line and as to which we had $2.9 billion of advances outstanding.

We have arrangements with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to borrow as appropriate from its discount window. The discount window is a borrowing facility that is intended to be used only for short-term liquidity needs arising from special or unusual circumstances. The amount we are allowed to borrow is based on the lendable value of the collateral that we provide. To collateralize the line, we pledge commercial and industrial loans that are eligible based on Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago guidelines. At March 31, 2013, we had pledged commercial and industrial loans amounting to $39.2 million with a lendable value of $26.2 million. At December 31, 2012, we had pledged commercial and industrial loans amounting to $122.1 million with a lendable value of $77.9 million. The decrease in the available loan collateral was due to the sale of the loans associated with the CIT Agreement and Customers Agreement. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had no borrowings outstanding against this line of credit.


103

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies are critical to an understanding of our consolidated financial statements. These policies relate to: (a) fair value measurements; (b) the determination of our allowance for loan losses; (c) the determination of our representation and warranty reserve; and (d) the determination of the accrual for pending and threatened litigation. We believe the judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our consolidated financial statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition. For further information on our critical accounting policies, please refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, which is available on our website, www.flagstar.com, under the Investor Relations section, or on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission, at www.sec.gov.

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to results presented in accordance with GAAP, this report includes non-GAAP financial measures such as pre-tax pre-credit-cost income, the efficiency ratio and the ratio of total non-performing assets to Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) and general reserves. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide additional information that is useful to investors in helping to understand the underlying performance and trends of our unique business model. Such measures also help investors to facilitate performance comparisons and benchmarks with other bank and thrift peers in our industry.

Non-GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, which are not required to be uniformly applied and are not audited. Readers should be aware of these limitations and should be cautious with respect to the use of such measures. To mitigate these limitations, we have practices in place to ensure that these measures are calculated using the appropriate GAAP or regulatory components in their entirety and to ensure that our performance is properly reflected to facilitate consistent period-to-period comparisons. Although we believe the non-GAAP financial measures disclosed in this report enhance investors' understanding of our business and performance, these non-GAAP measures should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for those financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Pre-tax pre-credit-cost income. Pre-tax pre-credit-cost income, as defined by our management, represents net income before taxes, and excludes credit related expenses (defined by management as provision for loan losses, asset resolution expense, other than temporary impairment, representation and warranty reserve provision and the write down of residual and transferors' interest). While these items represent an integral part of our banking operations, in each case, the excluded items are items that management believes are particularly impacted or increased due to economic stress or significant changes in the credit cycle and are therefore likely to make it more difficult to understand our underlying performance trends and our ability to generate income from our Community Banking and Mortgage Banking segments. Net interest income, non-interest income and non-interest expense are all calculated in accordance with GAAP and are presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net income is adjusted only for the specific items listed above in the calculation of pre-tax pre-credit-cost income, and these adjustments represent the excluded items in their entirety for each period presented to better facilitate period to period comparisons.

Viewed together with our GAAP results, management believes pre-tax pre-credit cost income provides investors and stakeholders with a functional measurement to evaluate and better understand trends in our period to period ability to generate income and capital to offset credit related expenses, in each case exclusive of the effects of past and current economic stress and the credit cycle. As recent results for the banking industry demonstrate, provisions for loan losses, increases in representation and warranty reserve, asset impairments and mark-downs and expenses related to the resolution and disposition of assets can vary significantly from period to period, making a measure that helps isolate the impact of those credit related expenses on profitability integral to helping investors understand the business model. The "Asset Resolution," "Quality of Earning Assets," and "Representation and Warranty Reserve" sections of this report isolate the different credit quality challenges and issues and the impact of the associated credit related expenses on our income statement.

Like all non-GAAP measurements, pre-tax pre-credit-cost income usefulness is inherently limited. Because our calculation of pre-tax pre-credit-cost income may differ from the calculation of similar measures used by other bank and thrift holding companies, pre-tax pre-credit-cost income should be used to determine and evaluate period to period trends in our performance, rather than in comparison to other similar non-GAAP measurements utilized by other companies. In addition, investors should keep in mind that income tax expense (benefit), the provision for loan losses, and the other items excluded from income and expenses in the pre-tax pre-credit cost income calculation are recurring and integral expenses to our operations, and that these expenses will still accrue under GAAP, thereby reducing GAAP earnings and, ultimately, stockholders' equity.


104

Table of Contents

Efficiency ratio and efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted). The efficiency ratio, which generally measures the productivity of a bank, is calculated as non-interest expense divided by total operating income. Total operating income includes net interest income and total non-interest income. Management utilizes the efficiency ratio to monitor its own productivity and believes the ratio provides investors with a meaningful tool to monitor period to period productivity trends.

Under the efficiency ratio (credit adjusted), non-interest expense (GAAP) is presented excluding asset resolution expense to arrive at adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP), which is the numerator for the efficiency ratio. Non-interest income (GAAP) is presented excluding representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate to arrive at adjusted non-interest income (non-GAAP), which is included in the denominator for the efficiency ratio. As the provision for loan losses is already excluded by the ratio's own definition, we believe that the exclusion of asset resolution expense and representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate provides investors with a more complete picture of our productivity and ability to generate operating income. The efficiency ratio (credit adjusted) provides investors with a meaningful base for period to period comparisons, which management believes will assist investors in analyzing our operating results and predicting future performance. These non-GAAP financial measures are also utilized internally by management to assess the performance of our own business.

Our calculations of the efficiency ratio may differ from the calculation of similar measures used by other bank and thrift holding companies, and should be used to determine and evaluate period to period trends in our performance, rather than in comparison to other similar non-GAAP measurements utilized by other companies. In addition, investors should keep in mind that the items excluded from income and expenses in the efficiency ratio (credit adjusted) are recurring and integral expenses to our operations, and that these expenses will still accrue under similar GAAP measures.

Non-performing assets / Tier 1 + Allowance for Loan Losses. The ratio of non-performing assets to Tier 1 and allowance for loan losses divides the total level of non-performing assets held for investment by Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets), as defined by bank regulations, plus allowance for loan losses. We believe these measurements are meaningful measures of capital adequacy used by investors, regulators, management and others to evaluate the adequacy of capital in comparison to other companies in the industry.     
    

105

Table of Contents

The following table displays the calculation for the non-GAAP measures.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
For the Three Months Ended
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
Pre-tax, pre-credit-cost income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before tax provision
$
23,607

 
$
(88,577
)
 
$
60,730

 
$
87,887

 
$
(7,309
)
Add back
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
20,415

 
50,351

 
52,595

 
58,428

 
114,673

Asset resolution
16,445

 
21,241

 
12,487

 
20,851

 
36,770

Other than temporary impairment on available-for-sale investments

 

 

 
1,017

 
1,175

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate
17,395

 
25,231

 
124,492

 
46,028

 
60,538

Write down of transferors' interest
174

 
780

 
118

 
1,244

 
409

Total credit-related-costs
$
54,429

 
$
97,603

 
$
189,692

 
$
127,568

 
$
213,565

Pre-tax, pre-credit-cost income
$
78,036

 
$
9,026

 
$
250,422

 
$
215,455

 
$
206,256

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income (a)
$
55,669

 
$
73,941

 
$
73,079

 
$
75,478

 
$
74,733

Non-interest income (b)
184,943

 
285,795

 
273,737

 
240,334

 
221,377

Representation and warranty reserve - change in estimate (c)
17,395

 
25,231

 
124,492

 
46,028

 
60,538

Adjusted income
$
258,007

 
$
384,967

 
$
471,308

 
$
361,840

 
$
356,648

Non-interest expense (d)
196,590

 
397,962

 
233,491

 
169,497

 
188,746

Asset resolution expense (e)
(16,445
)
 
(21,241
)
 
(12,487
)
 
(20,581
)
 
(36,770
)
 Adjusted non-interest expense
$
180,145

 
$
376,721

 
$
221,004

 
$
148,916

 
$
151,976

Efficiency ratio (d/(a+b)) (1)
81.7
%
 
110.6
%
 
67.3
%
 
53.7
%
 
63.7
%
Efficiency ratio (credit-adjusted) ((d-e)/((a+b)+c))) (1) (2)
69.8
%
 
97.9
%
 
46.9
%
 
41.2
%
 
42.6
%
 
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
Non-performing assets / Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing assets
$
483,659

 
$
520,557

 
$
515,269

Tier 1 capital (to adjusted total assets) (1)
1,318,770

 
1,295,841

 
1,207,237

Allowance for loan losses
290,000

 
305,000

 
281,000

Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
$
1,608,770

 
$
1,600,841

 
$
1,488,237

Non-performing assets / Tier 1 capital + allowance for loan losses
30.1
%
 
32.5
%
 
34.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we had lower revenue, primarily due to a decrease in net gain on loan sale. During the three months ended December 31, 2012, expenses related to the legal accruals for pending and threatened litigation, including amounts paid in anticipation of a future settlement, of $188.5 million were included in the ratios.
(2)
Represents Tier 1 capital for the Bank.


106

Table of Contents


Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or equity prices. We do not have any material foreign currency exchange risk or equity price risk. The primary market risk is interest rate risk and results from timing differences in the repricing of our assets and liabilities, changes in the relationships between rate indices, and the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options.

Interest rate risk is managed by the asset liability committee ("ALCO"), which is composed of several of our executive officers and other members of management, in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. The ALCO formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact projected interest rate scenarios have on earnings and capital, liquidity, business strategies, and other factors. The ALCO meets monthly or as deemed necessary to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and fair values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activity, loans held-for-sale and commitments to originate loans, and the maturities of investments, borrowings and time deposits.

Financial instruments used to manage interest rate risk include financial derivative products such as interest rate swaps and forward sales commitments. Further discussion of the use of and the accounting for derivative instruments is included in Notes 4 and 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1 Financial Statements, herein. All of our derivatives are accounted for at fair market value. All mortgage loan production originated for sale is accounted for on a fair value basis.

To effectively measure and manage interest rate risk, sensitivity analysis is used to determine the impact on net market value of various interest rate scenarios, balance sheet trends, and strategies. From these simulations, interest rate risk is quantified and appropriate strategies are developed and implemented. Additionally, duration and net interest income sensitivity measures are utilized when they provide added value to the overall interest rate risk management process. The overall interest rate risk position and strategies are reviewed by executive management and the board of directors on an ongoing basis. Business is traditionally managed to reduce overall exposure to changes in interest rates. However, management has the latitude to increase interest rate sensitivity position within certain limits if, in management's judgment, the increase will enhance profitability.

In the past, the savings and loan industry measured interest rate risk using gap analysis. Gap analysis is one indicator of interest rate risk; however it only provides a glimpse into expected asset and liability repricing in segmented time frames. Today the banking industry utilizes the concept of Net Portfolio Value ("NPV"). NPV analysis provides a fair value of the balance sheet in alternative interest rate scenarios. The NPV does not take into account management intervention and assumes the new rate environment is constant and the change is instantaneous.

The following table is a summary of the changes in our NPV that are projected to result from hypothetical changes in market interest rates. NPV is the market value of assets, less the market value of liabilities, adjusted for the market value of off‑balance sheet instruments. The interest rate scenarios presented in the table include interest rates at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and as adjusted by instantaneous parallel rate changes upward to 300 basis points and downward to 100 basis points. The scenarios are not comparable due to differences in the interest rate environments, including the absolute level of rates and the shape of the yield curve. Each rate scenario reflects unique prepayment, repricing, and reinvestment assumptions. Management derives these assumptions by considering published market prepayment expectations, the repricing characteristics of individual instruments or groups of similar instruments, our historical experience, and our asset and liability management strategy. Further, this analysis assumes that certain instruments would not be affected by the changes in interest rates or would be partially affected due to the characteristics of the instruments.

This analysis is based on our interest rate exposure at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and does not contemplate any actions that we might undertake in response to changes in market interest rates, which could impact NPV. Further, as this framework evaluates risks to the current statement of financial condition only, changes to the volumes and pricing of new business opportunities that can be expected in the different interest rate outcomes are not incorporated in this analytical framework. For instance, analysis of our history suggests that declining interest rate levels are associated with higher loan production volumes at higher levels of profitability. While this "natural business hedge" historically offset most, if not all, of the identified risks associated with declining interest rate scenarios, these factors fall outside of the NPV framework. Further, there can be no assurance that this natural business hedge would positively affect the net portfolio value in the same manner and to the same extent as in the past.

There are limitations inherent in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates. It is not possible to fully model the market risk in instruments with leverage, option, or prepayment risks. Also, we are affected by basis risk, which is the difference in repricing characteristics of similar term rate indices. As such, this analysis is not intended to be a precise forecast of the effect a change in market interest rates would have on us.

107

Table of Contents


While each analysis involves a static model approach to a dynamic operation, the NPV model is the preferred method. If NPV increases in any interest rate scenario, that would indicate an increasing direction for the margin in that hypothetical rate scenario. A perfectly matched balance sheet would possess no change in the NPV, no matter what the rate scenario. The following table presents the NPV in the stated interest rate scenarios (dollars in millions).
March 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
Scenario
 
NPV
 
NPV%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
 
Scenario
 
NPV
 
NPV%
 
$ Change
 
% Change
300
 
$
988

 
8.1
%
 
$
18

 
1.9
%
 
300
 
$
1,006

 
7.5
%
 
$
(223
)
 
(18.1
)%
200
 
$
1,022

 
8.2
%
 
$
52

 
5.4
%
 
200
 
$
1,139

 
8.4
%
 
$
(91
)
 
(7.4
)%
100
 
$
1,023

 
8.1
%
 
$
53

 
5.5
%
 
100
 
$
1,228

 
8.9
%
 
$
(2
)
 
 %
Current
 
$
970

 
7.6
%
 
$

 
%
 
Current
 
$
1,230

 
8.8
%
 
$

 
 %
(100)
 
$
885

 
6.9
%
 
$
(85
)
 
8.8
%
 
(100)
 
$
1,150

 
8.3
%
 
$
(80
)
 
(6.5
)%

Our balance sheet exhibits minimal sensitivity for fairly small rate movements with a slightly positive benefit for a 100 basis point increase. The positive effect generally arises because the amount of assets that would be expected to re-price in the near term would exceed the amount of liabilities that could similarly re-price over the same time period because such liabilities may have longer maturities or re-pricing terms. However, the negative convexity of our balance sheet takes over as interest rates continue to rise. The amount of price sensitivity tends to decrease as rates rise and increase as rates fall. Negative convexity is a measure of the sensitivity of the duration to changes in interest rates.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

(a)
Disclosure Controls and Procedures. A review and evaluation was performed by our principal executive and financial officers regarding the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 31, 2013 pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Based on that review and evaluation, the principal executive and financial officers have concluded that our current disclosure controls and procedures, as designed and implemented, are operating effectively.

(b)
Changes in Internal Controls. During the quarter ended March 31, 2013, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rule 13a-15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


108

Table of Contents

PART II
Item 1. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is party to legal proceedings incident to its business. See Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, in Item 1 Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

There have been no material changes to the risk factors previously disclosed in response to Item 1A to Part I of the
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Sale of Unregistered Securities

The Company made no sales of unregistered securities during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company made no purchases of its equity securities during the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities

The following sets forth defaults on senior securities and/or arrearage of the payment of dividends on preferred stock.

Under the terms of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (the "Series C Preferred Stock"), issued and outstanding in connection with the TARP Capital Purchase Program, the Company may defer payments of dividends for up to six quarters without default or penalty. Beginning with the February 2012 payment, the Company has exercised its contractual right to defer regularly scheduled quarterly payments of dividends on Series C Preferred Stock, and is therefore currently in arrears with the dividend payments. As of March 31, 2013, the amount of the arrearage on the dividend payments of the Series C Preferred Stock is $18.9 million.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Item 5. Other Information

None.


109

Table of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits 
Exhibit No.
  
Description
10.38 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 28, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Steven P. Issa
 
 
 
10.39 +
 
Offer Letter, dated February 3, 2011, executed by Joseph P. Campanelli and accepted by Daniel Landers
 
 
 
10.40 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 14, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Daniel Landers
 
 
 
10.41 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 21, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Salvatore A. Rinaldi
 
 
 
31.1
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
31.2
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
32.1
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
32.2
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
 
 
101 **
  
Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

+ Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.





110

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FLAGSTAR BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
Registrant
 
 
 
 
Date: April 30, 2013
 
 
/s/ Michael J. Tierney
 
 
 
Michael J. Tierney
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Paul D. Borja
 
 
 
Paul D. Borja
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

111

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
  
Description
10.38 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 28, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Steven P. Issa
 
 
 
10.39 +
 
Offer Letter, dated February 3, 2011, executed by Joseph P. Campanelli and accepted by Daniel Landers
 
 
 
10.40 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 14, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Daniel Landers
 
 
 
10.41 +
 
Retention Agreement, dated February 21, 2013, by and between Flagstar Bank, FSB and Salvatore A. Rinaldi
 
 
 
31.1
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
 
31.2
  
Section 302 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
32.1
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
32.2
  
Section 906 Certification, as furnished by the Chief Financial Officer
 
 
101 **
  
Financial statements from Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

+ Constitutes a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.

** As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.




112